Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Publishing / Cronos Australia

Cronos Australia

cau · LSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker cau
Exchange LSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Publishing
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Cronos Australia
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL REPORT AND  
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 31 December 2022

C

E

N

T

A

U

R

M

E

D

I

A

P

L

C

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

F

i

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

S

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

f

o

r

t

h

e

y

e

a

r

e

n

d

e

d

3

1

D

e

c

e

m

b

e

r

2

0

2

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Advise. Inform. Connect.

Contents

Our vision
We will be the ‘go to’ company in the international 
Marketing and Legal sectors for:

•  Advising businesses on how to improve their performance and 

returns on investment (ROI);

•  Providing business intelligence to customers using data, content  

and insight; 

•  Offering training, learning and advisory services through digital 

learning initiatives and online programmes; and

•  Connecting specific communities through digital media and events.

We will build strong and lasting relationships with our customers 
by providing cutting-edge insight and analysis to deliver long-term 
sustainable returns for our shareholders.

Our business
Centaur is an international provider of business intelligence, learning 
and specialist consultancy that inspires and enables people to excel 
at what they do within the marketing and legal professions. Our Xeim 
and The Lawyer business units serve the marketing and legal sectors 
respectively and, across both, we offer a wide range of products and 
services targeted at helping our customers add value.

Our reputation is based on the trust and confidence arising from a 
deep understanding of these sectors providing innovative products and 
services and we have developed a strong track record for providing 
our customers with market-leading insight, content, data and training. 
Our key strengths are the expertise of our people, the quality of our 
brands and products, and our ability to harness technology to innovate 
continually and develop our customer offering. This enables us to help 
our customers raise their aspirations and deliver better performance. 

STRATEGIC REPORT
Introduction
Highlights of the year
Chair’s Statement
Strategy
Chief Executive Officer’s Statement
Key Performance Indicators 
Performance: Financial Review
Section 172 Statement
Environmental, Social and 
Governance (ESG) report
Risk Management
Viability Statement

GOVERNANCE REPORT
Board of Directors
Executive Committee
Directors’ Report
Directors’ Statement on  
Corporate Governance
Audit Committee Report
Nomination Committee Report
Remuneration Committee Report
Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities in respect of the 
financial statements

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Independent Auditor’s Report
Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements

OTHER INFORMATION
Five Year Record
Directors, Advisers and Other 
Corporate Information

IFC
01
02
04
12
16
18
25

29
40
44

46
48
49

51
55
58
59

76

77
81
88

121

122

CORE 
BRANDS

Highlights of the year

Financial highlights

Strategic and operational highlights

Revenue

2022

2021

2020

Adjusted1,2 EBITDA

2022

2021

2020

Net Cash3

2022

2021

2020

£41.6m

£39.1m

£32.4m

•  Strong performance despite macroeconomic uncertainty, with 

business on track to deliver its MAP23 objectives

•  Clear operational and financial steps taken to focus on  

organic growth and manage costs to reinforce the resilience of 
the business

•  Flagship 4 brands continue to deliver growth as the average 

customer account value increases 

£8.5m

20% 

•  New customer-centric products launched including 

Econsultancy’s LMS platform, MW Mini MBA’s alumni 
membership, The Lawyer Briefing Room and Litigation  
Tracker International

16%

12%

£16.0m

£13.1m

£8.3m

•  Return to in-person events with Festival of Marketing and The 

Lawyer Awards being notable successes

•  Cash conversion remains strong at close to 100%

•  Return of capital to shareholders announced through  

special dividends

•  DICE, our employee engagement committee, continues to go 
from strength to strength, with improvements in employee 
engagement and on climate-related matters.

Adjusted1 diluted EPS

2022

2021

2020

0.3p

2.6p

1.9p

1  See alternative performance measures section for definition of adjusted results

2  Adjusted EBITDA is reconciled to Adjusted Operating Profit in note 1(b) and on 

page 20

3  Net cash is the total of cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits 

FLAGSHIP 
4

01

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTChair’s statement

 Delivering on  
our strategy  
for growth and 
building resilience.

COLIN JONES 
Chair

Dear Shareholder, 
2022 was a year where 
Centaur built on the good 
momentum of 2021, 
despite the ongoing 
macroeconomic uncertainty, 
as our customers continue 
to look for the targeted 
connectivity and timely and 
deeper insight that we offer 
to the legal and marketing 
sectors. 

None of us could have foreseen the events 
in February when Russia invaded Ukraine 
and the subsequent energy crisis, cost 
inflation and market volatility have hurt both 
businesses and individuals. Nonetheless, 
our focus on delivering our Margin 
Acceleration Plan 2023 (MAP23) strategy 
never wavered and we achieved our 
financial targets for 2022 – no mean feat 
given that they were set two years earlier 
when the world was very different.

Broadly our strategy remains the same. We 
continue to position Centaur to be more 
customer focused – providing access to 
learning and consultancy expertise in sizable 
markets, along with the tools and events 
to provide expert knowledge, bespoke 

solutions and engaging digital connections 
that create advantages for them.

Our revenues are increasingly resilient as 
our clients are choosing us for strategic, 
long-term spend in order to future-proof their 
businesses. Structured customer price rises 
have been implemented to help mitigate 
the inflationary environment. In line with our 
strategy, the higher quality revenue streams 
of Premium Content, Marketing Services and 
Training and Advisory now represent 77% of 
Group revenue (2021: 74%). 

Performance
Our clear vision and the focused strategic 
and operational decisions taken by 
Centaur’s management team resulted in 
the achievement of £41.6m revenue and 
an Adjusted EBITDA margin of over 20%, 
reflecting the high-quality revenue streams 
and the inherent operational leverage 
across the Group’s businesses. This has 
put us in a strong position as we come into 
the final year of our MAP23 strategy.

These results saw a strong contribution 
across Centaur’s unique portfolio. 
Our Flagship 4 brands benefited from 
enhanced pricing, strong renewal rates and 
large contracts with international blue-chip 
corporates, and were supported by our 
Core Brands driven by a full programme 
of in-person events, quality content and 
networking capabilities.

Our strong performance is underpinning 
Centaur’s ability to progress, continuing 
the drive towards its MAP23 targets and 
ensuring positive shareholder returns. 

Dividend and capital 
allocation  
The Board believes in the long-term 
fundamentals of Centaur and the continued 
robust performance of the business in 
2022 resulted in an increase in Centaur’s 
net cash, including short-term deposits, to 
£16.0m at 31 December 2022. 

The Group’s capital allocation policy is 
focused on retaining sufficient cash in the 
business to fund all organic investment, 
including technology and new products, 
while maintaining a prudent level of funding 
to cover unexpected working capital 
volatility. The Group will also consider 
complementary bolt-on acquisitions to 
supplement its growth strategy. Any cash 
surplus to the long-term requirements of the 
business will be returned to shareholders, 
most likely in the form of special dividends.

The success of the MAP23 strategy has led 
to significantly stronger cash flows and a 
more robust balance sheet. This enabled 
us to announce in January 2023 a special 
dividend of 3.0 pence per share, equivalent 
to £4.3m, paid in February 2023, in addition 
to our normal dividend policy of distributing 
40% of Adjusted retained earnings, subject 
to a minimum dividend of 1.0 pence per 
share per annum.

02

www.centaurmedia.com 
We have now announced a further special 
dividend of 2.0 pence per share, equivalent 
to £2.9m, to be paid in March 2023.

ESG 
Despite the macro upheaval of this year, 
as a company Centaur has also reinforced 
the importance of ESG throughout our 
corporate behaviours and strategic 
approach and made sure these aspects 
remain a consideration in all our business 
decisions. Key areas of focus for us 
continue to be reducing the impact that we 
have on the planet and improving the effect 
our business has on our people and their 
development, concentrating on ensuring 
we attract and retain the best talent. 

Our carbon footprint, excluding the 
increase in transport emissions from 
employee commuting relating to returning 
to the office following the pandemic, 
increased by 12% due to increased levels 
of operating activity and capital investment. 
We have improved our reporting of climate-
related financial information and have 
complied with all but two of the Task Force 
on Climate-related Financial Disclosures 
(TCFD) recommendations as explained 
more fully in our ESG report.

Good performance against our Diversity, 
Inclusion, Culture and Engagement (DICE) 
objectives ensured that we improved 
equality in both our recruitment and career 
development.

As a corporate citizen, we were pleased 
to have supported two charities in 2022 
that our employees indicated were of 
importance to them and their communities 
– The Trussell Trust and Shooting Stars 
Children’s Hospices.

Our people  
However, of course, this performance 
could not have been delivered without our 
successful and determined people. It is 
their adaptability, innovation, expertise and 
exceptional commitment that has enabled 
us to deliver such results. Their imagination 
has enabled Centaur to develop a pipeline 
of innovative new products to satisfy the 
evermore sophisticated needs of our 
customers, whilst their energy will continue 
to drive the business forward. 

We will also continue to operate with 
integrity, transparency and accountability, 
and the Board remains committed to the 
highest standards of corporate governance. 
More detail on our governance policies is 
set out from page 51. 

Looking ahead 
During 2022, we have taken firm 
operational and financial steps to improve 
the quality of our products and the 
efficiency of our business model. Like many 
businesses, the Group faces uncertain 
macroeconomic headwinds in 2023 and 
we will therefore retain a cautious outlook. 
However, we will remain focused on our 
strategic priorities and achieving our 
ambitious MAP23 targets, and I believe 
that Centaur has the talent, strategy 
and financial discipline to realise the 
opportunities that lie ahead. 

Finally, I would like to take this opportunity 
to thank all of Centaur’s employees for 
their continued drive and contribution to 
the business, delivering excellent results 
and benefits for all our customers. As a 
company we are committed to the future 
development and the wellbeing of our 
people and we will continue to invest in 
them and support them where required.

Colin Jones 
Chair 

14 March 2023

03

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Strategy

FLAGSHIP 4

Our Strategy
Our strategy is to create shareholder value by 
increasing revenue to £45m and raising Group 
Adjusted EBITDA margin to 23% by 2023.

£45m

Revenue

23%

EBITDA Margin

04

www.centaurmedia.comCentaur is an international 
provider of business 
intelligence, learning and 
specialist consultancy 
that inspires and enables 
customers to excel at 
what they do, raising their 
aspirations and delivering 
better performance. 

The Group’s aim is to be the ‘go to’ 
company in the international marketing and 
legal sectors to:

•  Advise businesses on how to improve 

their performance and ROI;

•  Provide business intelligence to 

customers using data, content and insight;

•  Offer training, learning and advisory 
services through digital learning 
initiatives and online programmes; and

•  Connect specific communities through 

digital media and events.

Over the past year, despite the 
macroeconomic uncertainty, the Group 
has performed well and is within reach of 
its ambitious MAP23 goals. By continuing 
to invest in our Flagship 4 brands – 
Econsultancy, Influencer Intelligence, 
MW Mini MBA and The Lawyer – we are 
continuing to expand our margin through 
our focus on profitable revenue growth, 
capitalising on Xeim and The Lawyer’s high-
quality revenues and operational leverage.

XEIM

Xeim
Xeim takes its name from ‘Excellence In 
Marketing’ and its purpose is to improve 
the performance of marketers. The Xeim 
portfolio brings together the Group’s 
11 marketing brands – Econsultancy, 
Influencer Intelligence, MW Mini MBA, 
Festival of Marketing, Marketing Week, 
Design Week, Creative Review, ReallyB2B, 
Fashion & Beauty Monitor, Oystercatchers 
and Foresight News – to support the 
marketing sector, providing our customers 
with the advice, intelligence and 
connections needed to set themselves 
apart from their peers. Our industry-leading 
brands and experts provide insight, analysis 
and proprietorial content, attracting over 
6 million digital contact points every 
month. Our approach capitalises on the 
inherent strength of these brands to create 
integrated solutions for our international 
blue-chip customers.

The Lawyer
The Lawyer is the most trusted brand for the 
UK legal profession and a leading provider 
of intelligence to the global legal market, 
delivered via a scalable digital platform.

The Lawyer has built on its 35-year 
heritage of delivering incisive commentary 
and cutting-edge analysis of the UK legal 
market, continuing to broaden its offering 
to develop a more international business 
providing market intelligence to the world’s 
largest law firms. This privileged position 
enables it to connect law firms with the 
in-house legal community in a unique way. 
The Lawyer counts 90% of the top 50 UK 
and top 50 US law firms in London among 
its corporate subscribers.

THE LAWYER

05

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTStrategy
CONTINUED

MAP23
Our strategic focus is to create shareholder 
value by delivering the targets set out two 
years ago under MAP23: raising Group 
Adjusted EBITDA margins to 23% by 2023 
and increasing revenue to £45m.

Our resilience during the recent 
macroeconomic uncertainty, our organic 
revenue growth, increase in profitability in 
2022 and ability to generate cash, together 
with the strength of our balance sheet, 
evidences the progress that Centaur is 
making towards MAP23 and our longer-
term vision.

The Group intends to deliver the targets 
through a combination of profitable  
organic revenue growth and operational 
cost leverage.

To achieve this, we will be:

•  Gaining a deep understanding of the

ever increasing and sophisticated needs 
of our customers;

•  Delighting our customers through

excellent customer service;

•  Developing our digital offering through
new products, services, technology 
and data;

•  Creating further opportunities for growth 
through The Lawyer and Xeim’s wider 
portfolio of brands, with an increasing 
focus on cross-selling their suite of 
products and services to enterprise 
clients to drive up revenue per client;

• 

• 

Investing in marketing, building out
the knowledge and skill set of our 
marketing teams to increase brand 
profile and sell our products to a 
broader range of international clients; 

Improving our marketing and legal
sector leading paid-for-subscription 
products; and

•  Continuing to leverage our cost

base by managing costs tightly as 
revenue grows.

Revenue model 
Our business model is integral to how we 
will deliver MAP23. Centaur’s business 
consists of Xeim and The Lawyer, and we 
report revenue under six core revenue 
streams:

•  Premium Content comprising

subscription-driven paid content 
services;

•  Training and Advisory from marketing

consultancy, digital learning and online 
training courses;

•  Marketing Services from campaign

management and marketing automation;

•  Events including sponsorship and

delegate revenue from conferences, 
awards and large-scale events;

•  Marketing Solutions that includes

display and bespoke client 
campaigns; and

•  Recruitment Advertising being sector

focused.

MAP 23

Three-year plan to grow revenue to £45m and EBITDA 
margin to 23% by 2023

An international provider of market intelligence, training 
and specialist consultancy

Flagship 4
•  MW Mini MBA
•  Econsultancy
• 
•  The Lawyer

Influencer Intelligence

Core Brands

Customer focus
•  Sell more to existing

customers

•  Optimise pricing
•  Cross-sell Xeim
•  Cross-sell between Xeim

and The Lawyer 

Investment
•  Systems
•  Data
•  People

New products
•  Enhanced content

offerings

•  Digital subscriptions

International growth

Control of costs

06

www.centaurmedia.comThe chart below shows which brands derive revenue from each 
revenue stream:

Revenue

i

m
e
X

Premium 
Content

Brand
Econsultancy ✔

Influencer 
Intelligence

✔

MW Mini MBA

Festival of 
Marketing

Oystercatchers

Training and 
Advisory

Marketing 
Services

✔

✔

✔

Fashion & 

Marketing  
Week

✔
Beauty Monitor ✔
Foresight News ✔
/Design Week ✔

Creative Review 

Really B2B

The Lawyer

✔

✔

Events

✔

Marketing 
Solutions

Recruitment 
Advertising

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

✔

Revenue 2022  
(% of total)

35%

35%

7%

11%

9%

3%

Through our focus on the Flagship 4, we have continued to improve the quality of our 
revenue with 77% of total revenue in 2022 coming from our valuable Premium Content, 
Training and Advisory and Marketing Services recurring revenue streams (2021: 74%).

m
£
e
u
n
e
v
e
R

45.0

40.0

35.0

30.0

25.0

20.0

15.0

10.0

5.0

0.0

4%

13%

10%

8%

32%

3%

9%

11%

7%

35%

33%

35%

2021

2022

 Recruitment Advertising

 Marketing Solutions

 Events

 Marketing Services

 Training and Advisory

 Premium Content

Revenue from outside the United Kingdom 
has increased by 5% to £15.1m in 2022 
in part as a result of an uplift of 21% in 
revenue from Europe.

07

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Strategy
CONTINUED

Our portfolio

THE LAWYER

XEIM

Influencer Intelligence
Influencer Intelligence provides expertise 
and support to help customers select 
influencers, measure performance and 
manage the success of their marketing 
campaigns. The combination of our data-
driven influencer marketing platform and 
specialist in-house analyst team helps 
businesses navigate the influencer and 
celebrity marketing landscape.

This results in a highly renewable 
subscription product with a loyal customer 
base particularly in the fashion and retail 
sectors. Our challenge has been to scale 
the number of influencers on the platform 
and retain the level of detailed analytics, as 
we require manual inputs and insight from 
our research and content team.

In 2023, we will continue with the same 
strategy and the provision of detailed 
analytics and information for customers. 
Our content is respected for trends 
analysis, events coverage and essential 
contact information for the people in the 
industry that matter, and this is where we 
will focus.

Over the next three years, The Lawyer will 
continue its transition from a traditional 
media brand to a content and data-led 
research and intelligence business. 
Combining unique data with market 
commentary and insights, it will continue to 
develop high-quality subscription products 
delivered through an improved customer 
experience.

Econsultancy
Econsultancy guides, supports and enables 
customers to achieve excellence in digital 
marketing and ecommerce. Its focus is on 
combining learning content and thought 
leadership with practical applications and 
tools to support marketers.

In September, we launched a new 
integrated LMS system, which has added 
additional learning channels, improved 
digital skills index assessment tools, digital 
skills cloud and single sign-on functionality. 
As a result, we are seeing an uplift in 
renewals and an improvement in user 
engagement supported with new pricing 
and packages.

Looking ahead, Econsultancy’s product 
enhancement will continue to underpin 
its ‘multi-touch learning’ strategy, which 
combines consultancy and online 
subscription training services at scale with 
large organisations such as Unilever and 
PepsiCo. 

To achieve our immediate MAP23 
ambitions, we will continue to focus 
investment and resource allocation on the 
Flagship 4 – the four brands we consider 
our key drivers for profitable revenue 
growth – and invest in the Core Brands 
that support Xeim’s growth. Across Xeim, 
we will continue to cross-sell our brands to 
the top 200 marketing spenders through 
Xeim Engage and generate Marketing 
Solutions revenues. At The Lawyer, we will 
invest in data-led product development 
for the top 100 law firms in the UK and US, 
whilst expanding our market penetration 
by delivering more content for the top 
European law firms and the UK mid-tier law 
firms. 

Flagship 4

The Lawyer
The Lawyer – the most trusted brand for 
the UK legal profession and a leading 
provider of intelligence to the global 
legal market delivered via a scalable 
digital platform. Its main corporate 
information service, together with 
related subscriptions products Signal 
and Litigation Tracker, are used by 90% 
of the top 100 law firms in London. Its 
loyal customer base gives The Lawyer 
the confidence to continue to develop 
additional products and services in 2023. 
These Premium Content services are 
enriched by the networking and thought 
leadership from an entirely live schedule 
of conferences and The Lawyer UK 
Awards.

08

www.centaurmedia.com•  Marketing Week – for over 40 years, 

•  Really B2B – this Marketing Services 

the most influential source of marketing 
information in the UK. In 2023, we will 
continue to generate revenue from 
marketing solutions, lead generation 
services, subscriptions, proprietary 
research, white papers and the annual 
MW Awards event;

•  MW Festival of Marketing – an annual 
thought leadership, learning and 
networking event that has become a 
leading and influential event dedicated 
to ambitious marketers. After running 
the event virtually in the previous two 
years, it was wonderful to hold a hybrid 
Festival in March and an in-person 
Festival in October. We plan to discover, 
learn and connect with more of our 
customers in-person at the Festival and 
related masterclass events in 2023; 

•  Oystercatchers – as one of the 

Financial Times’ most highly regarded 
management consultancies in the 
UK, Oystercatchers has differentiated 
itself by providing best-in-class agency 
pitch and business performance 
transformation advice to its clients; and

business delivers creative campaigns, 
lead generation and Account Based 
Marketing services to drive its clients’ 
marketing ROI. The brand continues to 
generate leads and provide solutions 
for clients across the Xeim portfolio and, 
after a strategy reset, is now positioned 
for growth in 2023.

Driving performance  
at Xeim
Xeim is able to position and cross-sell 
multi-brand offerings for the benefit of 
our customers by understanding how 
the brands interact most effectively with 
each other.

Xeim provides marketers with training, 
information and in-depth consulting 
services by utilising the content and 
expertise across the portfolio. We deliver 
transformational programmes for our 
customers by providing diagnostic tools, 
best practice guides, case studies, thought 
leadership and curated training services 
to support the customer need. We also 
deliver content-led marketing solutions 
and networking opportunities to enable 
marketers to drive awareness and generate 
leads and business contacts.

MW Mini MBA
Marketing Week’s Mini MBA distils the core 
marketing module of a full MBA programme 
into an easily digestible and thoroughly 
engaging 12-week course with on-demand 
modules prepared and moderated by 
Professor Mark Ritson.

Since its launch in 2016, the MW Mini MBA 
has grown to be Centaur’s largest brand with 
over 24,000 delegates from across the globe 
driven by corporate multi-seat packages and 
online sales. This year we also launched the 
MW Mini MBA Alumni Network – an annual 
membership platform – which gives the user 
continued access to their course material 
and the ability to post, network and engage 
with the MW Mini MBA team via Q&As and 
additional learning functionality.

To build on last year, we have a third 
marketing course in production for release 
in 2023. We will also enhance the existing 
MW Mini MBA in Brand Management 
course supported by focused advertising 
and promotion.

Core Brands 
Outside the Flagship 4, our portfolio of 
Core Brands will continue to support 
Centaur’s growth and play an important 
role in creating opportunities for Xeim, 
through the cross-selling of our products 
and services, introducing us to a wider 
customer base and demonstrating the 
breadth of our business intelligence 
products and services. These include:

09

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTStrategy
CONTINUED

Set the agenda

Integrated senior leadership offering

Where  
do we go  
next?

Prove 
outcomes

What does 
good look like?

Thought 
leadership 
and how 
to apply it

Where is  
my business 
in relation  
to this?

How do I 
prove that  
we got there?

How do I close 
that gap?

Business intelligence, 
insight and application

Benchmarking data and 
trend analysis

Deploy 
the 
strategy

P2P knowledge sharing

Specific solutions for teams

Best practice 
and skills 
trainings

News and 
trends insight

External 
vendor 
selection

Performance 
measurement 
information

Group strategy 
Over the last two years, we have 
relentlessly pursued our brand-led strategy 
targeting margin acceleration to 2023 
(MAP23). Building on the foundations from 
MAP23, we are planning to achieve a step-
change in valuation with a transformational 
growth strategy, developed by the Centaur 
Strategy Group.

This will see the business complete the 
transition from a B2B media product-
led organisation to a customer-centric 
intelligence business, with the mission of 

building on our heritage of informing and 
connecting our customers by providing the 
skills and business intelligence to enable 
them to create great organisations in 
changing and challenging environments. 
In doing so, we will provide tech-enabled, 
intelligence and learning solutions to 
senior leaders of blue-chip companies and 
law firms to generate high value revenue 
streams. 

Centaur’s leading brands and domain 
expertise provide a strong foundation from 
which to build out and achieve success 

with this strategy. We will be targeting a 
market opportunity of £0.8bn in the UK, 
whilst creating a platform to access an 
international market opportunity of a further 
£2.9bn in the US and EU markets1. By 
2026, we anticipate the Centaur business 
having shifted towards a more focused 
offering with repeatable, high-value 
revenue streams from a higher proportion 
of blue-chip customers.

1  Business intelligence, structured information, knowledge management and learning spend at large B2B & B2C companies and top UK and US law firms

10

www.centaurmedia.com11

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTPerformance
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S STATEMENT

 Centaur continues to perform well despite the 
macroeconomic uncertainty that characterised 
2022 for our customers. Our focus on 
understanding and satisfying customer 
needs, together with continuous operational 
improvements, have raised the quality and 
efficiency of our business. As a business we 
remain focused on our strategic objectives and 
achieving our ambitious MAP23 targets. 

SWAG MUKERJI 
Chief Executive Officer

Dear Shareholder, 
This is my fourth Annual 
Report as CEO of Centaur 
Media and, as we enter 
the third and final year 
of our ambitious MAP23 
strategy, we are laying 
the foundations for the 
next step in Centaur’s 
growth story.

2022 was another year marked by 
macroeconomic turbulence – and Centaur 
remains focused on growth. We are 
determined to keep driving performance 
in line with our MAP23 objectives, by 
continuing to build the quality of our 
revenue streams and taking advantage 
of the operational leverage within our 
business units.

As a reminder, the core objectives of 
MAP23 are to raise Group Adjusted  
EBITDA margins to 23% by the end of 
2023, while increasing revenues to £45m 
in the same timeframe.

Financial performance
Over the course of 2022, Centaur 
continued to take positive steps towards 
our MAP23 goals, building on the structure 

and processes that were put in place 
through the previous year. 

In 2022, Centaur reported revenues of 
£41.6m for the year (up from £39.1m in 
2021), and a Group Adjusted EBITDA of 
£8.5m (up from £6.4m in 2021). It was 
satisfying to see that Adjusted EBITDA 
margin for 2022 was over 20% (up 
from 16% in 2021) resulting in the Group 
ending the year with net cash of £16.0m, 
up from £13.1m last year. I am pleased 
with the contribution that all our brands 
have continued to make to this positive 
momentum over the past twelve months.

Clear operational and financial steps have 
been taken to focus on organic growth and 
manage costs to reinforce the resilience 
of the business. These include better 
understanding and satisfying the needs 
of our customers, focusing on increasing 
the size and scale of customers we 
target, conducting strong negotiation with 
suppliers and implementing flexible reward 
structures to retain and recruit top talent. 
Employee numbers have been kept under 
tight control, with only a slight increment 
on 2021, as increases in growth areas were 
balanced by reductions in less strategically 
important areas of the business. We have 
also maintained our central costs in line 
with 2021 and will be reducing our costs in 
2023, along with our carbon footprint, by 
moving into a smaller London office as of 
1 January 2023. These steps will maintain 

our operational leverage and ensure that 
the business is best positioned to withstand 
any wider macroeconomic uncertainty and 
achieve our MAP23 objectives.

Dividends
The Group has proposed a final dividend 
of 0.6 pence per ordinary share to take 
our total ordinary dividends for 2022 to 1.1 
pence, above the minimum 1.0 pence per 
share that we have paid previously under 
our dividend policy. A special dividend of 
3.0 pence per share, equivalent to £4.3m, 
was paid on 10 February 2023 and a further 
special dividend of 2.0 pence per share, 
to be paid on 31 March 2023, will bring the 
total dividends to shareholders in respect 
of 2022 to 6.1 pence per share (£8.8m).

Operational review 
Centaur comprises two business units, 
Xeim and The Lawyer. Xeim forms 80% 
of our revenues and is focused on the 
marketing sector across a wide range of 
industries. The Lawyer is focused on the 
legal sector and drives the other 20%. Both 
sectors are undergoing significant change, 
driven by technological advancement, 
structural change and globalisation, giving 
Centaur a great opportunity to use its 
competitive advantage to further grow in 
these sectors. 

12

www.centaurmedia.comWithin these two business units, Centaur 
has four key brands – the Flagship 
4 – which we consider our key growth 
drivers and where the business prioritises 
investment and resource allocation. The 
Lawyer is one of these brands, while the 
other three form part of the Xeim portfolio 

(Econsultancy, Influencer Intelligence and 
MW Mini MBA). The Flagship 4 is supported 
by our suite of Core Brands. 

Over the course of 2022, we made 
significant progress in developing both 
our Flagship 4 and Core Brands. Our aim 
is to position each of these brands for 

further growth, developing cross-selling 
opportunities and enhancing their shared 
capabilities, with the ultimate aim of 
enabling our customers to deliver better 
corporate outcomes through building 
competitive advantage in their markets.

A selection of our Xeim clients

from price rises and discount management 
resulting in an 11% increase in revenue on 
the main courses and 7% in total for the 
MW Mini MBA, including bespoke courses.  

The Lawyer had another year of strong 
performance, with TheLawyer.com 
corporate subscriptions, supported 
by Horizon, performing ahead of 
expectations with renewal rates of 116%. 
The main corporate subscription product 
is complemented by data-driven products, 
including Signal and Litigation Tracker, 
which launched internationally in May with 
content from Hong Kong, Singapore and 
Dubai. The new data-driven subscription 

product, Signal, launched in 2021 has 
performed well, exceeding expectations 
on renewal rate by value and volume in its 
first year of renewals, and on the number 
of new customers. It was also recognised 
externally as an award-winning Market 
Intelligence subscription product. 

In April we also launched Briefing Room 
bringing together all sides of the legal 
community to share thought leadership and 
latest content enabling networking with 
companies and individuals. The Lawyer’s 
industry-leading conferences also returned 
to a fully live schedule in 2022, which was 
welcomed by both sponsors and delegates. 

Econsultancy continued to win large 
six-figure contracts from blue-chip 
international companies including Unilever, 
Jacobs Douwe Egberts, Specsavers and 
Pepsico, seeing Training and Advisory 
revenues increase by 38%, while growing 
its core digital and training subscription 
services through improving renewal rates 
averaging 82% for the year. A restructuring 
in 2022 enabled the business to combine 
its consultancy and online subscription 
training, enhancing the offer to customers.   

Influencer Intelligence grew in momentum 
over the course of the year, overcoming 
prior challenging market conditions, to end 
the year with an annual renewal rate of 
90% - the highest rate for over five years. 
Our focus has been to gain a better insight 
as to what the needs of our customers 
are whilst retaining the level of detailed 
analytics conducted by our research and 
content team. 

The MW Mini MBA continued to go 
from strength to strength, with corporate 
multi-seat packages up 20% and related 
delegates now representing 43% of the 
total for the year. A reduction in the volume 
of online sales resulted in total delegate 
numbers on the main courses increasing 
only 1% in the year. However this was 
achieved with an increase in yield of 10% 

13

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTPerformance
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S STATEMENT CONTINUED

for paid content and strategic information, 
via corporate packages, subscriptions and 
partnerships. 

Summary 
To conclude, I wanted to reflect on the 
past three years and reiterate my thanks 
to everyone at Centaur for their hard work 
and determination. As we look to 2023, 
Centaur remains focused on growth. Our 
strategy is clear and we are in the final stage 
of achieving our ambitious, but achievable 
targets. We want to provide the most 
advanced and competitive offering in the 
marketplace – to do that we will continue 
to build the quality of our employees, focus 
on our high value revenue streams and take 
advantage of our operational leverage. 

Swag Mukerji 
Chief Executive Officer 

14 March 2023

This strong performance follows last year’s 
similarly high renewal rates and user 
engagement, indicating how important  
The Lawyer is to leading law firms and their 
fee earners.

In our portfolio of Core Brands, we were 
particularly encouraged by the Festival of 
Marketing moving forwards from two years 
of virtual events to a hybrid Festival in 
March and an in-person Festival in October. 
This year’s Festivals brought together a 
carefully curated group of top speakers 
from the marketing world and beyond, 
offering the insight, provocation and 
inspiration that will help those in the 
industry to do their job better.

People
A key part of our strategy is ensuring 
that we have the right people in the right 
positions to deliver our intended growth. 
Over the course of 2022, Centaur continued 
to strengthen its management team. We 
made several excellent new hires, including 
Lisa Taylor, who joined as Xeim Group 
Marketing Director and Agata Kreutzinger, 
who became our Group Data Director. We 
also identified and promoted people within 
the organisation to support the progression 
of our people, with Ian Baldwin joining our 
Executive Committee and taking on the role 
of Chief Technology Officer.

Looking to 2023
Centaur has undergone a significant 
transformation over recent years and in 
2023, we will continue to develop our 
Flagship 4 and Core Brands to ensure we 
are leading from the front in delivering 
what our customers need. Our strategic 
priority is to shift towards a more focused, 
customer-centric offering. That means 
gaining a greater share of repeatable, 
high-value revenue streams from a higher 
proportion of blue-chip customers. We will 
be focusing on this across the Flagship 4 
and Core Brands. 

The Lawyer will accelerate its penetration 
of UK and European law firms with new 
content and will implement a customised 
website user experience, a law firm 
practice Signal channel and a UK law firm 
advisory service. 

At Xeim, there will be more emphasis 
and focus on paid content and strategic 
information via corporate packages, 
subscriptions and partnerships. Our objective 
is to work with higher value companies as 
a regular partner. For this, we have Xeim 
Engage, a dedicated, experienced team, 
creating solutions for the top 200 marketing 
spend companies. Xeim’s Flagship 4 brands 
will continue to be supported by the Core 
Brands, which together will enhance Xeim’s 
focus on addressing the market demand 

14

www.centaurmedia.com 
15

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTKey Performance Indicators
(FINANCIAL AND NON-FINANCIAL)

The Group has set out the following core financial and non-financial 
metrics to measure the Group’s performance. The KPIs are monitored by 
the Board and the focus on these measures will support the successful 
implementation of the MAP23 strategy. These indicators are discussed in 
more detail in the CEO and financial reviews.

Financial

Underlying revenue growth1

Adjusted EBITDA margin1

2022

2021

6%

2022

2021

21%

20%

16%

The growth in total revenue adjusted, if applicable, to exclude 
the impact of event timing differences and the revenue 
contribution arising from acquired or disposed businesses.

See Chief Executive Officer’s Statement and the Financial 
Review for explanation of this year’s growth. The revenue 
growth in 2021 included the recovery in revenue following 
the pandemic.

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue where Adjusted 
EBITDA is defined as Adjusted operating profit before depreciation 
and impairment of tangible assets and amortisation and impairment 
of intangible assets other than those acquired through a business 
combination. 

The continued improvement in margin reflects the increase in high-
quality revenue streams together with the impact of the Group’s 
operational leverage.

Adjusted diluted EPS1

Cash conversion1

20% 2022

2021

2.6 pence

1.9 pence

2022

2021

99%

164%

Diluted earnings per share calculated using the Adjusted 
earnings, as set out in note 8 to the financial statements.

The percentage by which Adjusted operating cash flow covers 
Adjusted EBITDA as set out in the financial performance review.

The 37% increase in EPS reflects the increase in post-tax 
profitability.

The cash conversion in 2022 has returned to a more typical 
historical level after the level achieved in 2021 which included 
unusually high working capital movements. 

1  See definitions in Financial Review on page 24.

16

www.centaurmedia.comNon-financial

Attendance at Festival of Marketing

Delegates on Mini MBA course

2022

2021

1,778

2022

2021

6,786

6,490

6,951

Number of unique delegates attending the Festival of 
Marketing.

Number of delegates on Mini MBA and related eLearning courses in 
the year.

This year’s events were in-person compared to virtual 
attendees in 2021. The number of paid delegates increased 
compared to the last in-person event in 2019 coupled with a 
significant reduction in complimentary tickets. 

There was an increase in the number of total delegates on the  
two main courses as well as a higher yield per delegate. 2021 
included 515 delegates on a customised course that was not 
repeated in 2022.  

Xeim customers >£50k

Top 250 law firm customers

6,490

2022

2021

88 (£13.9m)
88 (£13.9m)

90 (£12.1m)

2022

2021

144 (£3.2m)

152 (£2.7m)

Number and value of Xeim customers that have sales in the 
year of greater than £50,000.

The focus on higher value accounts continued in 2022 with a 
17% increase in the average value of these accounts.

Number and value of top 200 UK law firms and top 50 US law firms.

The focus on higher value accounts continued in 2022 with a 24% 
increase in the average value of these accounts.

17

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTPerformance
FINANCIAL REVIEW

 Our high-quality 
revenue streams 
are performing 
well and helping us 
drive towards our 
MAP23 goals.

SIMON LONGFIELD 
Chief Financial Officer

Overview
After the recovery in 2021 
following the challenges 
posed by the pandemic, 
new economic uncertainties 
impacted Centaur’s trading. 
Despite these uncertainties, 
Centaur continued to 
focus on organic revenue 
growth particularly through 
its higher value revenue 
streams of Premium Content 
and Training and Advisory 
which together grew 15%.

This growth was enhanced by the return 
to a full schedule of in-person events, 
including The Lawyer Awards and the 
Festival of Marketing, pushing up revenue 
from events by 23%. These growth areas 
were offset by a reduction of 25% in 
total revenue from Marketing Solutions 
and Recruitment Advertising and a 14% 
reduction in Marketing Services.

Our continued focus on tight control of 
costs resulted in only a 1% increase in 
operating expenses demonstrating the 
operational leverage within Centaur 

and its ability to maintain its consistent 
improvement in profitability. All of this 
resulting in generation of free cash flow 
through good cash conversion. 

Performance

Group
Statutory revenue rose by £2.5m to £41.6m 
in 2022, an increase of 6%. Xeim increased 
4% and The Lawyer 19%. Revenue 
generated from outside the UK remained 
steady at 36% (2021: 37%) showing 9% 
growth across customers in the UK and 
Europe offset by a 3% decline in the rest 
of the world. Throughout 2022 we did 
not engage in any business with Russian 
customers, the impact of which is negligible 
compared to our results for 2021. 

Adjusted EBITDA increased by 33% 
from £6.4m to £8.5m at a margin of 20% 
(2021: 16%), showing promising progress 
towards our MAP23 targets of a 23% 
margin in 2023. This improved margin was 
on increased revenues, demonstrating 
the increase in our high-quality revenue 
streams, resolute cost control and the 
operational leverage within the Group. 
Despite inflationary pressure, operating 
costs in the Central segment were flat in 
2022 compared to 2021. 

The Group posted an increase of 66% 
in Adjusted operating profit to £5.3m 

(2021: £3.2m) as a result of the increase 
in Adjusted EBITDA. The Group achieved 
an Adjusted profit after taxation of £3.9m 
(2021: £2.8m).  

During 2022, we have increased our net 
cash1 balances from £13.1m to £16.0m, 
mainly as a result of a focus on cash 
management, the increase in EBITDA and 
healthy cash collections from customers.

Xeim
Xeim’s revenue for 2022 was £33.3m, 
an increase of 4% from £32.1m in 2021. 
Premium Content in 2022 rose 11% with 
growth in Flagship brands Econsultancy 
and Influencer Intelligence both of which 
had improved renewal rates compared to 
2021 and despite a tougher year for new 
business. 

Revenue from Training and Advisory also 
showed year-on-year growth of 15% as a 
result of a robust trading performance by 
Econsultancy, Oystercatchers and from MW 
Mini MBA’s marketing and brand courses. 
Recruitment Advertising grew 5% with a 
strong performance in H1, partially offset by 
slowing demand in H2.

Conversely, it was a difficult year for 
Marketing Services and Marketing 
Solutions which saw year-on-year declines 
in revenue of 14% and 29% respectively, 
resulting from lower recurring revenues 
and new business generation. Events 

1  Net cash is the total of cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits

18

www.centaurmedia.com 
revenue was at a similar level to 2021 
but was mainly driven by delegates and 
sponsorship revenues from the in-person 
Festival of Marketing compared to virtual 
events in the previous year.  

Xeim posted an Adjusted EBITDA of £8.5m 
for the year, an increase of 29% from £6.6m 
in 2021 (see page 21). This was driven by 
a combination of increased revenue and a 
decrease in costs.

Xeim contains three of the Group’s 
Flagship 4 brands – Econsultancy, 
Influencer Intelligence and MW Mini MBA.

After facing difficulties posed by the 
pandemic in previous years, Econsultancy 
has continued its momentum from 2021 
and has grown both its Premium Content 
and Training and Advisory revenue 
streams in 2022. Including an offset from 
a reduction in Events and Marketing 
Solutions revenue, total Econsultancy 
revenue has increased by 8%. 

Premium Content revenue benefitted 
from our continued investment in 
Econsultancy’s blended multi-touch 
learning strategy resulting in an improved 
subscription renewal rate of 82% (2021: 
70%). Econsultancy’s Training and Advisory 
revenue had an excellent year with 38% 
growth on 2021, continuing to win large 

digital training and consultancy contracts 
with blue chip international companies. 

Influencer Intelligence revenue increased 
13% in the year, following the post-Covid 
recovery of the retail and fashion industries. 
Renewal rates improved significantly from 
Q2 2021 and continued throughout 2022, 
with the annual renewal rate of 90% in 
2022 at the highest rate seen over the past 
five years. The success of renewals was 
partially offset by muted performance in 
winning new business during the year.

The MW Mini MBA’s strong growth in recent 
years has slowed with delegate numbers 
on the main courses up only 1% year-on-
year, but revenue on those courses up 11% 
driven by a 10% yield increase. MW Mini 
MBA retains an excellent Net Promoter 
Score of +74 and strong loyalty from 
recurring corporate customers.

Of our core Xeim brands, Fashion Monitor 
showed growth due to strong renewals up 
to 92% from 73% in the prior year, while 
Really B2B and Festival of Marketing both 
saw revenue fall by approximately 15%. 
Really B2B struggled with lack of new 
business contracts to drive renewal and 
upsell. Festival of Marketing fell short of 
delegate and sponsorship revenues for its 
March event, but held a successful and fully 
booked festival in October. 

The Lawyer
Overall revenues for The Lawyer grew by 
19%. Premium Content revenue showed 
strong growth of 22% primarily from 
TheLawyer.com corporate subscriptions 
performance with an impressive renewal 
rate of 116%, supported by Signal with a 
further year of significant new business and 
a notable first year of renewals at a 102% 
renewal rate. Events also had a particularly 
strong year with the first in-person The 
Lawyer Awards since 2019. The Lawyer 
retains a 90% penetration of the top 100 
law firms demonstrating the value delivered 
to our customers.

This performance was partially offset with 
downsides in Marketing Solutions and 
Recruitment Advertising reducing 33% and 
15% respectively.

This led to a rise in Adjusted EBITDA 
from £2.7m in 2021 to £3.1m in 2022 
at a margin of 37% (see page 21). The 
underlying business is performing strongly 
with resilient renewal rates and continued 
engagement by users indicating how 
important The Lawyer is to leading law 
firms and their fee earners. 

19

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTPerformance
FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED

Measurement and non-statutory adjustments
The statutory results of the Group are presented in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards (IFRS). The Group 
also uses alternative reporting and other non-GAAP measures as explained below and as defined in the table at the end of this section. 

Adjusting items  
Adjusted results are not intended to replace statutory results but are prepared to provide a better comparison of the Group’s core 
business performance by removing the impact of certain items from the statutory results. The Directors believe that adjusted results 
and Adjusted earnings per share are the most appropriate way to measure the Group’s operational performance because they are 
comparable to the prior year and consequently review the results of the Group on an adjusted basis internally. 

Statutory operating profit for the year reconciles to adjusted operating profit and Adjusted EBITDA as follows:

Statutory operating profit
Adjusting items:

Exceptional costs
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets
Share-based payments

Adjusted operating profit
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment

Adjusted EBITDA 
Adjusted EBITDA margin

Note

4
10
22

3

2022
£m

3.9 

0.1
0.5
0.8
1.4
5.3
3.2
8.5
20%

2021
£m

1.6

–
1.1
 0.5 
1.6
3.2
3.2
6.4

16%

Adjusting items of £1.4m in the year (2021: £1.6m) are comprised as follows:

Adjusting Item 

Exceptional costs

Description

Exceptional costs of £0.1m (2021: £nil) relate to the office lease termination fee  
less the gain on remeasurement of the office lease.

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets of £0.5m (2021: £1.1m) has fallen as certain 
assets have become fully amortised. 

Share-based payments

Share-based payments of £0.8m have increased in the year due to an additional year of 
LTIP issuance to members of the Centaur Strategy Group (2021: £0.5m).

Segment profit
Segmental profit is reported to improve clarity around performance and consists of the gross contribution for the Xeim and The Lawyer 
Business Units less specific overheads and allocations of the central support teams and overheads that are directly related to each 
Business Unit. Any costs not attributable to either Xeim or The Lawyer, remain as part of central costs.

The table below shows the statutory revenue, which is the same as the underlying revenue, for each Business Unit:

Xeim
2022
£m

10.0
14.4
2.9
2.7
2.9
0.4
33.3
4%

The 
Lawyer
2022
£m

4.7
–
–
2.0
0.6
1.0
8.3
19%

Total
2022
£m

14.7
14.4
2.9
4.7
3.5
1.4
41.6
6%

Xeim
2021
£m

9.0
12.6
3.3
2.7
4.2
0.3
32.1

The 
Lawyer
2021
£m

3.9
–
–
1.1
0.8
1.2
7.0

Total
2021
£m

12.9
12.6
3.3
3.8
5.0
1.5
39.1

Revenue

  Premium Content
  Training and Advisory
  Marketing Services
  Events
  Marketing Solutions
  Recruitment Advertising
Total statutory revenue

Revenue growth

20

www.centaurmedia.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below reconciles the Adjusted operating profit/(loss) for each segment to the Adjusted EBITDA:

Revenue
Adjusted operating costs
Adjusted operating profit/(loss)

Adjusted operating margin
Depreciation, amortisation  
and impairment

Adjusted EBITDA 
Adjusted EBITDA margin

Xeim
2022
£m

33.3
(27.1)
6.2
19%

2.3
8.5
26%

The 
Lawyer
2022
£m

8.3
(5.8)
2.5
30%

0.6
3.1
37%

Central 
2022
£m

–
(3.4)
(3.4)

0.3
(3.1)

Total
2022
£m

41.6
(36.3)
5.3
13%

3.2
8.5
20%

Xeim
2021
£m

32.1
(27.6)
4.5

14%

2.1
6.6

21%

The 
Lawyer
2021
£m

7.0
(4.9)
2.1

30%

0.6
2.7

39%

Central
2021
£m

–
(3.4)
(3.4)

0.5
(2.9)

Total
2021
£m

39.1
(35.9)
3.2

8%

3.2
6.4

16%

Net finance costs
Net finance costs were £0.1m (2021: £0.3m). 
The Group held positive cash balances 
throughout the year and therefore, in both 
2022 and 2021, finance costs mainly relate 
to the commitment fee payable for the 
revolving credit facility as well as interest 
on lease payments for right-of-use assets. 
In 2022 this was offset by interest income 
of £0.1m.

Taxation
A tax charge of £1.0m (2021: credit of 
£0.1m) has been recognised for the year. 
The Adjusted tax charge was £1.3m (2021: 
charge of £0.1m). The Company’s profits 
were taxed in the UK at a rate of 19.0% 
(2021: 19.0%), but the resulting tax charge 
is at an effective tax rate of 26% due mainly 
to the utilisation of tax losses for which the 
deferred tax asset had been recognised 
at a rate of 25%, being the future rate of 
tax in the UK from April 2023. See note 7 
for a reconciliation between the statutory 
reported tax charge and the Adjusted  
tax charge.  

Earnings/loss per share
The Group has delivered Adjusted diluted 
earnings per share for the year of 2.6 
pence (2021: 1.9 pence). Diluted earnings 
per share for the year were 1.8 pence 
(2021: earnings of 0.9 pence). Full details of 
the earnings per share calculations can be 
found in note 8 to the financial statements.

Dividends
Under the Group’s dividend policy, Centaur 
targets a pay-out ratio of 40% of Adjusted 
retained earnings, subject to a minimum 
dividend of 1.0 pence per share per annum.

Therefore, the Group has proposed a final 
dividend of 0.6 pence per ordinary share 
in respect of 2022. This brings the total 
ordinary dividends relating to 2022 to 1.1 
pence (2021: 1.0 pence) per ordinary share 
and is the first time, since the dividend 
policy was initiated, that we have paid 
above the 1.0 pence per share minimum 
due to the increasing profitability of 
the Group.

Given the continued robust performance of 
the Group in 2022 and the resulting year 
end cash balance of £16.0m, the Group 
announced in January 2023, and paid in 
February, a special dividend of 3.0 pence 
per share, equivalent to £4.3m. Looking 
forward and taking into account the cash 
needs of the Group, the Board has taken 
the decision to announce a second special 
dividend of 2.0 pence per share, equivalent 
to £2.9m, to be paid in March 2023 in order 
to return further cash to shareholders. 

The final ordinary dividend is subject 
to shareholder approval at the Annual 
General Meeting and, if approved, will 
be paid on 26 May 2023 to all ordinary 
shareholders on the register at the close of 
business on 12 May 2023.

21

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
Performance
FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED

Cash flow

Adjusted operating profit
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment
Movement in working capital

Adjusted operating cash flow
Capital expenditure
Cash impact of adjusting items
Taxation
Repayment of lease obligations and net interest paid

Free cash flow
Purchase of own shares
Dividends paid to Company’s shareholders
Increase in net cash1
Opening net cash1
Closing net cash1
Cash conversion

1  Net cash is the total of cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits.  

2022
£m

5.3
3.2
(0.1)
8.4
(1.4)
(0.2)
–
(1.9)
4.9
(0.6)
(1.4)
2.9
13.1
16.0
99%

2021
£m

3.2
3.2
3.1
9.5
(0.8)
–
–
(2.2)
6.5
(0.3)
(1.4)
4.8
8.3
13.1

164%

Adjusted operating cash flow is not a 
measure defined by IFRS. Centaur defines 
Adjusted operating cash flow as cash flow 
from operations excluding the impact of 
adjusting items. The Directors use this 
measure to assess the performance of 
the Group as it excludes volatile items not 
related to the core trading of the Group 
and includes the Group’s management 
of capital expenditure. A reconciliation 
between cash flow from operations and 
Adjusted operating cash flow is shown in 
note 1(b) to the financial statements.

The cash conversion of 99% (2021: 164%) 
has been adjusted to exclude these one-
off items. The cash conversion in 2022 
has returned to a more normal level after 
the high conversion rate in 2021 resulting 
from positive working capital movements 
relating to increased bonuses and MW 
Mini MBA costs in 2021, both paid after 
the end of the year. Conversely 2022 
cash conversion is impacted by lower 
bonuses but maintained close to 100% 
by an increase in deferred revenue from 
subscriptions.

MAP23
In January 2021 the Group announced its 
MAP23 strategy under which it will raise 
Adjusted EBITDA margins to 23% by 2023, 
while increasing revenues to £45m. The 
increase in revenue of 6% and Adjusted 
EBITDA margin from 12% in 2020 to 16% in 
2021 to 20% in 2022 demonstrates clear 
progress towards these objectives. With 
current uncertainty over the economic 
environment going into 2023, the 
achievement of our MAP23 objectives 
will be demanding and will require an 
unwavering focus on our customer’s needs 
and control over our costs, particularly 
given inflationary pressures. Further details 
of MAP23 can be found in the Strategy 
section on page 6.

The Group has made an encouraging 
start to 2023 and trading is in line with our 
expectations. We are expecting elongated 
sales contracting processes with our 
customers and pressure on our costs due 
to the wider economic situation in the UK 
and internationally. We will address this 
through a deep focus on our customer 

needs, structured pricing increases, robust 
negotiation with our suppliers to tighten 
control of our cost base and variable 
remuneration structures for our senior 
management team. We will also continue 
our work on the climate and social aspects 
of our ESG agenda as set out in our ESG 
report.

Financing and bank 
covenants
On 16 March 2021 the Group signed a 
revolving credit facility with NatWest which 
allows the Group to borrow up to £10m 
and has a three-year duration with the 
option of two further one-year periods. On 
5 December 2022, management exercised 
the option to extend for one further one-
year period. The Group has not drawn 
down any borrowings under the facility.

22

www.centaurmedia.com 
 
Balance sheet

Goodwill and other intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred taxation
Deferred income
Other current assets and liabilities
Non-current assets and liabilities
Net assets before cash
Net cash1
Net assets

2022
£m

43.8
0.4
1.6
(8.9)
(4.1)
–
32.8
16.0
48.8

2021
£m

44.2
2.5
2.4
(7.8)
(7.1)
(0.2)
34.0
13.1
47.1

1  Net cash is the total of cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits.  

Goodwill and other intangibles have 
decreased by £0.5m as a result of the 
amortisation of intangible assets. Property, 
plant and equipment has fallen by £2.1m 
predominantly due to the cessation of the 
property lease meaning the right-of-use 
asset has been disposed of. A right-of-use 
asset for the new lease will be recognised 
on 1 January 2023, and is included in 
capital commitments at 31 December 
2022, see note 27. Deferred income has 
increased by £1.0m mainly as a result of 
advance billings on subscriptions. Other 
net current assets and liabilities have 
increased by £3.0m due to a lower bonus 
accrual and a reduction of £1.9m in lease 
liabilities, offset by a reduction in trade 
receivables.

Going concern
After due consideration, as required under 
IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements, 
of the Group’s forecasts for at least twelve 
months from the date of this report and 
the effectiveness of risk management 
processes, the Directors have concluded 
that it is appropriate to continue to adopt 
the going concern basis in the preparation 
of the consolidated financial statements 
for the year ended 31 December 2022. 
As detailed under the Risk Management 
section, the Directors have assessed the 
viability of the Group over a three-year 
period to March 2026 and the Directors 
have a reasonable expectation that the 
Company will be able to continue in 

operation and meet its liabilities as they fall 
due over that period.

Conclusion
Centaur is continuing to grow organically 
despite the macro-economic uncertainties 
and year on year is increasing the profit 
margin achieved. Together with the strength 
of our balance sheet, Centaur is in a good 
position to press on towards its ambitious 
MAP23 goals and longer-term vision. 

Simon Longfield 
Chief Financial Officer 

14 March 2023

23

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORT 
 
Alternative performance measures

Measure

Adjusted EBITDA

Definition

Adjusted operating profit before depreciation and impairment of tangible assets and 
amortisation and impairment of intangible assets other than those acquired through a 
business combination.

Adjusted EBITDA margin

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue.

Adjusted EPS

Adjusting items

EPS calculated using Adjusted profit for the period.

Items as set out in the statement of consolidated income and notes 1(b) and 4 
of the financial statements including exceptional items, amortisation of acquired 
intangible assets, profit/(loss) on disposal of assets, share-based payment expense, 
volatile items predominantly relating to investment activities and other separately 
reported items.

Adjusted operating costs

Net operating costs excluding Adjusting items.

Adjusted operating profit

Operating profit excluding Adjusting items.

Adjusted profit before tax

Profit before tax excluding Adjusting items.

Adjusted retained earnings

Tax charge excluding the tax charge on Adjusted items.

Adjusted tax charge

Cash conversion

Exceptional items

Free cash flow

Net cash

Segment profit

Underlying revenue

Profit for the year excluding Adjusting items.

Adjusted operating cash flow (excluding any one-off significant cash flows) / Adjusted 
EBITDA.

Items where the nature of the item, or its magnitude, is material and likely to be non-
recurring in nature as shown in note 4.

Increase/decrease in cash for the year before the impact of debt, acquisitions, 
disposals, dividends and share repurchases.

The total of cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits.

Adjusted operating profit of a segment after allocation of central support teams and 
overheads that are directly related to each segment or business unit.

Statutory revenue adjusted to exclude the impact of revenue arising from acquired 
businesses, disposed businesses that do not meet the definition of discontinued 
operations per IFRS 5, and closed business lines (“excluded revenue”).

24

www.centaurmedia.comSection 172 Statement

Centaur’s success is built on the strength of our stakeholder relationships. The Board prioritises frequent and open engagement with all 
our stakeholders and their views, values and suggestions are at the heart of our decision-making process. In 2022, these interactions 
were a key input to our strategic choices in the context of the macro-economic situation. Taking into consideration the factors set out in 
Section 172(1)(a) to (f) of the Companies Act 2006, the table below outlines who our key stakeholders are and how we interact with them 
when making key decisions for the long-term benefit of the Group. This should be read in conjunction with our ESG report on  
pages 29 to 39.

Stakeholder 
Group

Investors

Customers

How we engage?

Why we engage?

What matters to this Group?

Formal documented investor roadshow 
meetings, post results presentations and 
market updates, as well as other ad hoc 
investor meetings. 

Paid-for research, including video 
interviews, available to all investors via 
our website and distributed via press 
releases and email.

Annual General Meeting.

Consultation prior, during and post 
strategic decision making or execution.

Our investors are integral to 
monitoring and safeguarding the 
governance of the Group and 
increasing shareholder value is 
one of our major focus areas.

We work to ensure that 
our investors and their 
representatives have a good 
understanding of, and are 
supportive of, our strategy, 
business model, opportunity, 
culture and approach to ESG.

Strategy and business model 

Long term share value growth 
and a sustainable dividend 
policy 

Financial stability and clear 
communication

An engaged and proactive 
Board who take investors’ 
views into account in 
decision making

ESG performance

Every day we interact with a wide variety 
of existing and potential customers 
through marketing and sales processes 
and from face-to-face interaction 
at events. This is with a view to 
understanding customer requirements/
feedback, to manage their expectations 
and to generate long term profitable 
revenue.

Our purpose is to advise, inform 
and connect our customers to 
help them achieve their goals. To 
ensure our customers are satisfied 
with our offering and continue to 
provide repeatable and recurring 
revenues, it is vital that we obtain 
feedback to understand their 
requirements and adapt our 
offering to their needs. 

The customer experience and 
overall customer satisfaction 

A provider that listens and 
adapts products to their needs

Innovative products which 
deliver enhanced value

25

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORT 
Section 172 Statement
CONTINUED

How we engage?

Why we engage?

What matters to this Group?

Our diverse workforce of 284 
employees (at 31 December 2022) 
is our most important asset and 
our success depends on their 
commitment and job fulfilment. 
It is vital to ensure that we take 
their needs into account in our 
strategic decision making. 

To ensure that communication is 
clear and understood throughout 
the Company, so all employees 
understand the purpose and 
objectives of Centaur.

The Company is working hard to 
drive its status as a destination 
employer by creating the right 
environment and culture. 

Opportunities for career 
development and progression

Agile working patterns

Adoption of a hybrid working 
model with employees typically 
attending the office two days 
per week. Senior leaders have 
been upskilled on leading 
hybrid teams and Brand days 
have been introduced to 
maximise the impact of days in 
the office.

An interactive and motivating 
office experience to be 
achieved through our new 
smaller office footprint from the 
start of 2023

An understanding management 
team who listens to employees 
and are considerate of their 
views and values 

Opportunity to share ideas and 
make a difference

Diversity and inclusion 

Centaur’s ESG commitments 

DICE (Diversity, Inclusion, Culture and 
Engagement) was established in 2019 
so that all employees have a voice, and 
their views are considered. (More detail of 
the work undertaken by DICE in 2022 is 
provided in the ESG report.)

Monthly Executive Committee meetings, 
monthly senior leadership meetings and 
regular team meetings held virtually and 
in-person.

Xeim and The Lawyer hold Town Halls to 
which all Centaur employees are invited. 
Hybrid companywide Town Hall sessions 
every two months to update employees 
on business and people issues, celebrate 
success through the Heroes initiative and 
an open Q&A session.

CEO breakfasts have continued leading 
to the formation of six Kaizen working 
groups to improve key processes 
affecting employees. 

A weekly online sense check 
questionnaire “Engage” measures 
employees’ motivation and levels of 
engagement providing line managers 
with quarterly Engage scores to facilitate 
action plans to support team members.

There have been several ad hoc surveys 
in 2022 related to working from home, 
equipment and return to the office. An 
annual employment survey has also been 
sent out by DICE.

Annual appraisals and increased focus 
on ensuring that all employees had 
objectives set at the beginning of 2022.

We held a successful Wellness Week with 
a range of sessions focusing on sleep, 
nutrition, financial wellbeing, mental 
resilience and midlife matters culminating 
in a companywide well-being day.

Stakeholder 
Group

Employees

26

www.centaurmedia.comStakeholder 
Group

Strategic 
suppliers

Community

Government 
and regulators

How we engage?

Why we engage?

What matters to this Group?

The Company has meetings with 
suppliers as appropriate, together with 
negotiations on the terms and conditions 
of supply.

Strategic suppliers underpin 
several key business operations. 
Strategic decisions consider the 
impact on these suppliers, in 
terms of capability, scale, value for 
money and risk.

To ensure that the Company 
can comply with agreed terms 
and conditions

The values of our suppliers 
and their high standards of 
business conduct

Innovation and product 
development

Inclusion of employee 
sentiment and what is 
important to them

To be a good corporate citizen 
and give back to the communities 
and charities that are important 
to our employees and to the 
Company.

The Company supports local communities 
and charitable organisations through 
direct fundraising and donations. 
During 2022, the Company supported 
The Trussell Trust and Shooting Stars 
Children’s Hospices as its nominated 
charities. A total of £5,000 was raised 
(2021: £14,400) of which the Company 
contributed £2,550 (2021: £14,400).

The Board’s intention is to behave 
responsibly and comply with all applicable 
laws and regulations to ensure that 
the business operates with integrity, 
transparency and accountability, and 
acts with high standards and good 
governance.

In doing so, we believe we will 
achieve our long-term business 
strategy and develop our 
reputation further in our sector.

To ensure that the business 
operates in a legal and 
transparent manner, in 
compliance with the spirit 
of all applicable laws and 
regulations.

27

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTStakeholder engagement case study

Stakeholder

Return to the office with hybrid working and reintroduction of in-person live events

Overview

Following the pandemic the business considered the implications of returning to work in the office. Through 
consultation with employees via surveys and DICE as well as other organisations in similar and adjacent industries, 
a hybrid way of working was established with most employees coming back into the office two days per week. In 
order to maximise effectiveness and to enable collaboration within teams in the office, there is an emphasis on 
specific Brand days.

Both the Xeim and The Lawyer business units responded to the desire of their customers to return to live event 
experiences with the reintroduction of in-person events including the Festival of Marketing and The Lawyer 
Awards.

At the end of 2022 negotiations were completed for the business to move into a smaller office in the current 
building with a reduced number of desks to take account of hybrid working, reducing Centaur’s operating costs 
and reducing its impact on the environment. The Board were fully supportive of the plan devised by the Executive 
Committee and it has been well received by employees as the smaller footprint has engendered a more lively and 
fun dynamic in the office.

Investors

Focus on future growth of Centaur through the innovation and interaction of its employees.

Increased revenues from delegates and sponsors attending in-person events.

Cost savings by reducing office space.

Customers

Reintroduction of in-person events to meet the networking and learning needs of our customers.

Employees

Provision of suitable office equipment to safely work from home and encouragement of employees to adopt hybrid 
working to benefit from experience in the office.

Continuous online training – mandatory, working practices and skills.

Maintained high level of staff communications and mental health support.

Introduction of Kaizen to involve all employees to continuously improve operations and processes.

Strategic 
suppliers

Ensured that all suppliers were paid on time.

Negotiated mutually beneficial contractual terms with regular suppliers for events.

Communities

Charity fund raising through office-based activities.

Donations to local foodbanks.

Government 
and regulators

Complied with all government regulation regarding guidance on homeworking.

28

www.centaurmedia.comEnvironmental, Social and Governance

Environmental

Climate
Centaur recognises the need for continued 
focus on reducing its environmental impact, 
as well as the importance of improved 
reporting of climate-related information to 
its shareholders, customers and other key 
stakeholders. As a provider of business-to-
business (B2B) intelligence, online learning 
and specialist consultancy, Centaur’s 
exposure to climate-related issues is less 
than that of businesses operating in many 
other sectors. The business is people-
orientated, has limited physical assets and 
its products and services are predominantly 
digital in nature. However, our climate 
materiality assessment demonstrates that 
this does not mean that the business is 
immune from the effects of climate change, 
including the environmental impact on 
activities such as in-person events.

Centaur is committed to running a long-
term sustainable and environmentally 
responsible business.

Centaur’s response to the 
recommendations of the 
Task Force on Climate-
related Disclosures (‘TCFD’) 
Over the last year Centaur has made 
significant progress in reporting against 
the recommendations of the TCFD across 
the four thematic areas of governance, 
strategy, risk management and metrics and 
targets. Key highlights are as follows:

•  Governance – We have established a 

Climate Steering Committee to support 
development of Centaur’s climate 
strategy and full alignment with the 
TCFD recommendations.

•  Strategy – We have conducted a 

thorough review of our climate-related 
transitional and physical risks and, for 
the first time, undertaken a scenario 
analysis of such risks. 

•  Risk management – We have 

strengthened our processes for 
identifying, assessing and mitigating 
climate-related risks and we now 
include climate-related risks in our  
risk register.

•  Metrics and Targets – We have further 
developed our understanding of our 
Scope 1 and 2 emissions and, for the 
first time, analysed and calculated our 
Scope 3 emissions.

In 2022, Centaur has complied with the 
requirements of LR 9.8.6R by making 
climate-related financial disclosures 

consistent with all TCFD recommendations 
except for the financial component of 
the second recommended disclosure 
of Strategy and the third recommended 
disclosure of Metrics and Targets. Centaur 
is committed to working towards full 
disclosure against both recommendations, 
as described more fully below.

Governance

Centaur's Climate Governance Structure

Continually adapting to the risks

The Board

Audit Committee

Executive Committee

I

n
f
o
r
m
n
g

i

Climate Steering Committee 
(Legal, Finance, Company Secretary, Event Operations, Data, DICE)

g
n
i
t
r
o
p
e
R

attending at least one climate-related 
webinar to further build upon its knowledge 
of climate-related issues. Further, Centaur 
will explore the possibility of delivering 
some focused climate-related risk training 
to the Board. The Board also plans to 
consider climate with regards to Centaur’s 
strategic plans and budgets and will keep 
under review the development of climate 
key performance indicators.

From 2023, a proportion of the 
remuneration of the Executive Directors 
and Executive Committee is dependent 
on climate-related matters through the 
personal objectives element of their annual 
bonuses that are equivalent to 20% of their 
total bonus opportunity. One of their four 
personal objectives is the implementation 
and integration of climate-related 
governance, strategy, risk management 
and metrics and targets into the Group’s 
business operations and is equivalent to 
5% of their bonus opportunity.

•  Describe the Board’s oversight 
of climate-related risks and 
opportunities

The Board, together with the Executive 
Committee, has overall responsibility and 
accountability for climate-related risks 
and opportunities impacting the Group. 
Through the Audit Committee and the Risk 
Management approach (see page 40), the 
Board has oversight of the climate-related 
risks to the business and is responsible 
for the mitigations in place for managing 
these. The Board also has oversight of 
Centaur’s Environmental and CSR Policy 
and, through its Non-Executive Director 
sponsor, Carol Hosey, the environmental 
initiatives organised by Centaur’s employee 
engagement committee, DICE.

Centaur benefits from the climate-related 
knowledge and experience of its Directors 
particularly through their directorships of 
other listed companies which have TCFD 
obligations namely, Colin Jones, William 
Eccleshare and Leslie-Ann Reed (see their 
biographies on pages 46 to 47). 

In 2023, the Board commits to considering 
climate-related matters at least once 
annually, either as a standalone agenda 
item or under the umbrella of ESG, and 

29

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTEnvironmental, Social and Governance
CONTINUED

•  Describe management’s role 
in assessing and managing 
climate-related risks and 
opportunities

Centaur has a clear structure for the 
assessment and management of climate-
related risks, as shown in the organogram 
above. The Board has delegated the 
day-to-day operational management of 
climate-related risks and opportunities 
to the Executive Committee. Centaur has 
established a Climate Steering Committee 
which reports to the Executive Committee, 
oversees sustainability initiatives and 
makes recommendations regarding the 
strategic management of Centaur’s climate 
risks and opportunities. The Committee 
is chaired by the Head of Legal and has 
representation and input from key internal 
functions, as detailed in the organogram 
above, as well as members of Centaur’s 
employee engagement committee, DICE.

In 2022, the Executive Committee 
provided insights into a climate materiality 
assessment undertaken in order to further 
understand the risks and opportunities that 
climate change poses for the business, 
as described more fully below. Further, as 
part of the Group’s measures to strengthen 
the identification and assessment of such 
risks and opportunities, climate change 
considerations are being embedded into 

Centaur’s business-as-usual processes. 
This includes, but is not limited to, the 
assessment of weather-related events that 
may impact our employees and clients and 
their ability in particular to attend Centaur’s 
in-person events, face-to-face training and 
award ceremonies, to ensure related risks 
are considered and mitigation measures 
are understood and implemented where 
appropriate.

Strategy

•  Describe the climate-related 
risks and opportunities the 
organisation has identified over 
the short (S), medium (M) and 
long term (L)

•  Describe the impact of climate-
related risks and opportunities 
on the organisation’s 
businesses, strategy and 
financial planning

In 2022, with the support of sustainability 
consultancy Anthesis Group, Centaur 
undertook a climate materiality assessment 
which involved a climate screening 
exercise with members of management 
and key stakeholders to identify and 
assess which physical and transitional risks 
may impact Centaur’s performance. The 
exercise considered the nature of such 

impacts and the likelihood of these risks 
arising across short (2030), medium (2040) 
and long-term (2050) time horizons. Risks 
and opportunities were ranked from low 
to high priority with the top six risks, as set 
out in the table below, taken forward for 
pilot scenario analysis to better understand 
Centaur’s resilience across differing future 
world scenarios.

Centaur plans to identify climate-related 
opportunities which allow the Group 
to support the transition to a net zero 
economy including, for example:

•  continuing to focus on its digital 

strategy, in recognition of the role that 
digital technologies can play in helping 
to mitigate climate change;

• 

reviewing key suppliers for major in-
person events and awards ceremonies 
with a view to ensuring that they 
align with Centaur’s sustainability 
considerations; and

•  exploring how to use these events 
and our content as platforms to 
raise awareness of and promote 
the importance of reducing carbon 
emissions and the impact of climate 
change. 

30

www.centaurmedia.comRisk type and 
timeframe

Description of climate-related risks and opportunities, together with Centaur’s mitigations of and resilience 
to any such risks

Transitional risks

Reputation

Timeframe:

S

M

L

Policy, law and 
regulation

Timeframe:

S

M

L

Technology

Timeframe:

S

M

Physical risks

Flooding

Timeframe:

M

L

Extreme heat

Timeframe:

S

M

L

Storms

Timeframe:

S

M

L

Reputational damage from not ‘walking the talk’ or supporting the net zero agenda is recognised as a potential 
risk to the business. Misalignment to the global climate action agenda, not keeping up with stakeholder 
expectations and not having ambitious commitments within this area could harm the Group’s reputation and 
therefore result in reduced demand from customers, investment from shareholders and availability of talent. 
Centaur’s enhanced climate governance, including its newly established Climate Steering Committee which will 
drive overall direction, the setting of targets and mainstreaming of climate action across all policy domains, is 
expected to help to mitigate this risk.

As the UK has mandated into law a strategy to decarbonise all sectors of the UK economy to meet its net 
zero target by 2050, an increase in law and regulation in this area is expected, particularly for publicly listed 
companies. New legal and regulatory requirements to improve transparency on climate-related matters will 
require the Group to fully understand what must be done to avoid potential for sanctions by regulators. Not 
fully understanding or aligning with these requirements could result in reputational damage and/or additional 
costs. The climate materiality workshop undertaken by Centaur with Anthesis Group in 2022 has supported 
the business in understanding this risk and the requirements of the TCFD and the newly established Climate 
Steering Committee, together with Centaur’s existing measures for identifying and addressing changes in policy, 
law and regulation, should help to mitigate this risk.

With increasing pressures for businesses to reduce their carbon footprints, it is anticipated that certain sectors, 
including technology, will be required to change infrastructure to be less carbon intensive. Centaur could 
experience an increase in costs for elements such as data hosting, storage and employee travel for in-person 
training and events due to potential future carbon taxation. Centaur’s Chief Technology Officer will help to 
mitigate against this risk by keeping Centaur’s technology stack and its fitness for purpose in this regard 
under review. Opportunities do exist for the Group to align its services and solutions with less carbon intensive 
infrastructure to help address its customer’s own climate goals and the wider technological systemic changes 
expected.

Flooding is deemed to be a risk to the business, albeit one that is more related to travelling to and from locations 
rather than materially affecting operations. Although flooding is anticipated to increase across the UK in future 
years, as Centaur does not own any buildings (its office is leased and data centres are owned by third parties), 
the exposure to physical damage to its assets is not material to the Group. Additionally, as a large proportion of 
the Group’s business is digital with back-ups available on cloud-based storage, should a third-party supplier be 
impacted by flooding, there is a low risk of data being lost. Furthermore, our events represent a relatively low 
proportion of revenue, so if cancelled or postponed due to flooding, the impact on revenue would not  
be material.

The UK heatwave in 2022 heightened awareness of the risk of extreme heat and the impact on the productivity 
of staff. Centaur is a UK based business and many UK residential buildings do not have air-conditioning systems. 
When working from home, Centaur employees may face increasing challenges in working productively during 
heatwaves in the future. The business is somewhat resilient to this as an air-conditioned office is available for 
use by its employees. By contrast, the impact of extreme heat on the wider transport infrastructure is outside 
Centaur’s control, however, by monitoring weather updates from the MET office, Centaur can ensure that 
sufficient mitigation measures are in place to safeguard employee health, safety and wellbeing. 

Evidence suggests storms are becoming increasingly powerful, with higher winds and more intense rainfall, as 
global air and sea temperatures rise. As a digital business, the impact of increased storms (both frequency and 
intensity) may result in power outages and the inability for the Group to operate efficiently is recognised as a 
risk. The impact of this on Centaur’s in-person training, consultancy and the hosting of events is also recognised 
as a risk to the business. This risk can be mitigated through flexible work locations for staff, use of cloud-based 
storage (so that work is backed up in the cloud should Centaur or its employees face power outages) and the 
ability to convert face-to-face services to a digital format.

31

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTEnvironmental, Social and Governance
CONTINUED

Following the results of the climate 
materiality assessment, the Group 
considered actual and potential climate-
related risks and opportunities in its 
financial planning through assessing their 
impacts on the viability of the business, the 
potential impairment of value of business 
assets and the potential for contingent 
liabilities to arise.

Separately, as described more fully 
in ‘Risk Management’ below, Centaur 
has undertaken an assessment of the 
materiality of such transitional and 
physical risks, including scoring each risk 
both in terms of the likelihood of a risk’s 
occurrence and its potential impact on 
the business and considering where it 
ranks in relation to other material risks. As 
a result of these exercises, Centaur has 
concluded that, at present, the transitional 
and physical risks identified are expected 
to have an immaterial financial impact 
on Centaur’s three-year strategy and 
financial planning cycle. Further, Centaur’s 
investment in new digital products and its 
operations are not currently expected to 
impact significantly on its business or alter 
its risk profile. 

We do not currently fully disclose the 
impacts of climate-related issues on 
financial planning beyond Centaur’s 
three-year financial planning cycle due to 
transitional challenges including data and 
system limitations. Centaur will therefore 
consider the materiality and impacts of its 
climate-related risks, particularly in respect 
of future strategic and financial planning 
cycles on an ongoing basis to ensure that 
any increase in materiality is identified and 

appropriate action can be taken to mitigate 
against increased risk. For information 
on the potential longer-term impacts of 
the climate-related risks, please see the 
scenario analysis discussion below.

•  Describe the resilience of the 
organisation’s strategy, taking 
into consideration different 
climate-related scenarios, 
including a 2°C or lower 
scenario

In line with the TCFD, Centaur has 
undertaken a climate-related scenario 
analysis including qualitative scenario 
analysis considering three climate 
scenarios and three-time horizons. Climate 
scenarios used include a Paris-aligned 
1.5°C scenario (‘Net Zero 2050’), a <2°C 
scenario (‘Delayed Transition’), and a 3°C 
scenario (‘Current Policies’). The analysis 
includes data from the Intergovernmental 
Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) and the 
Network for Greening the Financial System 
(NGFS). The key findings from Centaur’s 
scenario analysis are below, and we 
intend to further refine and develop our 
climate modelling and scenario analysis 
capabilities to quantify climate risk in future.

•  Transitional risks pose a relatively 

higher risk than physical risks, however 
overall the risks are not deemed to be 
financially material;

•  The level of risk to Centaur is greatest 
under the ‘Delayed Transition’ and 
‘Current Policies’ scenarios, with the 
level of risk increasing over the medium 
and longer terms (2040 and 2050); 

•  Aside from under a worst case ‘Current 
Policies’ scenario which would see 
an increase in unmitigated and 
unpredictable climate events with 
increasing frequency and severity, 
Centaur is generally resilient to the 
physical risks associated with climate 
change; 

•  Flooding is considered to be the 
greatest risk in future scenarios 
(particularly the ‘Delayed Transition’ and 
‘Current Policies’ scenarios), as this risk 
has the greatest percentage change 
across time horizons; 

•  Transition risk, and in particular policy 
and legal risk, is greatest under the 
‘Delayed Transition’ pathway due to the 
likelihood of tough but sudden national 
policies being put in place to reduce 
emissions; and

•  Under all scenarios, consideration of the 
climate via Centaur’s products, services 
and actions to support the net zero 
transition represents an opportunity 
for the company to differentiate itself 
from its peers by positioning itself 
as a climate conscious organisation 
and supporting a reduction in 
reputational risks.

32

www.centaurmedia.com

Scenario

Description

Net Zero 2050 (or  
‘Paris-aligned’)

Delayed Transition (or ‘disorderly 
transition’)

Current Policies (or ‘hot house 
world’)

This scenario limits global warming 
to 1.5 °C through ambitious climate 
policies which are introduced 
immediately and innovation, 
reaching net zero CO₂ emissions 
around 2050, giving at least a 
50 % chance of limiting global 
warming to below 1.5 °C by 
2100, with no or little overshoot 
(< 0.1 °C) of 1.5 °C in earlier years. 
Transition risks are likely to be 
driven by higher emissions costs 
and changes in business and 
consumer preferences. The level 
of physical risk is anticipated to be 
relatively low.

The scenario assumes global 
annual emissions do not decrease 
until 2030 and policies are not 
introduced until 2030 (or later) 
and in a more rapid and disruptive 
manner. Technology change is 
anticipated to be slow for the first 
decade with a rapid increase in 
change and innovation anticipated 
from 2030 onwards; pushing 
carbon prices higher than in the 
Net Zero 2050 scenario. As a 
result, emissions may exceed the 
carbon budget temporarily in the 
2020’s and decline rapidly after 
2030 resulting in a 67 % chance of 
limiting global warming to below 
2 °C. This scenario could result in 
both higher transition and physical 
risks than the Net Zero scenario.

This scenario assumes that only 
currently implemented policies 
are preserved, leading to higher 
physical risks and lower transition 
risks than in the other scenarios. 
This means that policies in place 
at present are not anticipated 
to increase in ambition and the 
level of action taken to reduce 
emissions going forward is 
minimal. Technologies are not fully 
developed by 2050 and emissions 
continue to rise until 2080 leading 
to circa 3 °C of warming and severe 
climate-related physical risks. 

Future World

1.5°C warming

<2°C warming

>3°C warming

Time Horizons

2030 and 2050

2030 and 2050

2030 and 2050

Analysis for 
Centaur Media

The greatest climate-related risks 
for Centaur under this scenario 
are transitional, particularly those 
associated with policy and law and 
regulation and, to a lesser extent, 
technological shifts. Reputation 
is also assessed as a moderately 
low transition risk for Centaur in 
this scenario. Centaur is mostly 
resilient to the physical risks 
associated with climate change in 
this scenario as the business does 
not have significant physical assets 
such as warehouses, multiple 
offices, or complex supply chains.  
The risk is low (or moderately low) 
across all of the assessed physical 
risks across all time horizons due 
to the digital-based nature of the 
business and the ability to back-up 
work via cloud-storage, or flexibly 
work from home or the office in 
London. 

In a delayed transition, Centaur 
is relatively more vulnerable 
to reputational risks, ranked 
as highest overall. Technology 
and policy and legal risks both 
represent low risks to the business 
in 2030 but quickly progress to 
a moderately high risk by 2050 
due to the expected introduction 
of strong policies needed post-
2030 to limit warming to below 
2°C. Centaur is somewhat more 
vulnerable to physical risks under 
this scenario than the Net-Zero 
2050 scenario, but relatively 
resilient overall, namely against 
heatwaves and storms which 
present only a moderately low 
risk (again due to the flexible 
nature of working from home, the 
office and being a digital-based 
business). Flooding poses a 
moderate risk in 2050 due to the 
potential for flooding to damage 
wider infrastructure such as data 
centres and transport which 
could result in delays to Centaur’s 
operations. Further analysis into 
the locations of data centres shall 
be considered for future strategic 
decision-making.

Centaur is most vulnerable to the 
physical risks under this scenario, 
as global efforts to mitigate climate 
change are largely insufficient. 
This is reflective of changes in 
the climate which will impact all 
businesses, not that Centaur itself 
is more vulnerable than other 
businesses also facing similar 
climate hazards. Flooding presents 
a moderate risk, and storms and 
heatwaves a moderately low to 
moderate risk due to the changes 
in climate and subsequent impacts. 
Reputation is the transitional risk 
that Centaur is least resilient to 
under this scenario based on its 
current management measures, 
however it has the potential to 
better integrate climate into its 
products and services to reduce 
this risk. Centaur is generally 
resilient to the other transitional 
risks as under this scenario little 
regulatory effort would be made to 
mitigate climate change, resulting 
in low risk for both policy and legal 
and technological shifts across all 
time horizons.

33

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTEnvironmental, Social and Governance
CONTINUED

Risk Management

•  Describe the organisation’s 

processes for identifying and 
assessing climate-related risks

•  Describe the organisation’s 
processes for managing  
climate-related risks

•  Describe how processes for 
identifying, assessing, and 
managing climate-related 
risks are integrated into the 
organisation’s overall risk 
management

Centaur’s processes for identifying, 
assessing and managing climate-related 
risk are integrated into its wider risk 
management processes, details of 
which are available at pages 40 to 43. 
As described there, Centaur’s Board is 
ultimately responsible for articulating 
the Group’s risk appetite and assessing 
principal risks and any associated 
mitigations and controls. The Executive 
Committee, Company Secretary and 
the Head of Legal are responsible for 
identifying and assessing risks, including 
climate-related risks, and reporting these 
to the Board through the Audit Committee. 
Risks are formally considered and analysed 
at least twice annually by the Executive 
Committee and then the Audit Committee, 
as described below.

Climate-related risks were incorporated 
into Centaur’s risk register for the first 
time in 2022. The process for identifying 
and assessing the significance of 
Centaur’s climate-related risks follows 
the same process employed to identify 
and determine the significance of all risks 
facing Centaur. The Executive Committee 
members review the risk register and, 
together, they consider whether any new 
risks relating to their departmental or 
operational areas have arisen which may 
require inclusion in the risk register. They 
then score each risk both in terms of the 
likelihood of a risk’s occurrence and its 
potential impact on the business, and rank 
the risks in order of materiality based on 
their scores. 

Mitigations for the risks and any resilience 
to such risks are then identified, and 
responsibility for ongoing monitoring and 
management of each risk is assigned to 
a member of the Executive Committee. A 
further consideration of the risks is then 
conducted by the Audit Committee, who 
review and validate or adjust as necessary 
the Executive Committee’s conclusions. 
This process is repeated at least twice 
annually. 

Although climate-related risks are not 
currently considered to be principal risks 
for the Group, they are recognised and 
monitored as potential contributors to a 
number of principal risks, such as inability 
to create a high growth performance 

culture and attract and retain key talent, 
and inadequate regulatory compliance. 
From 2023, climate-related risks will be 
formally considered by the Executive 
Committee, as well as the Audit Committee, 
with reference to the Group’s strategic 
aims and its operating environment at least 
twice annually as part of the Group’s risk 
management processes. 

Centaur recognises that it is not immune 
to the impacts that physical risks have on 
the business and it also recognises the 
potential regulatory and reputational risks 
associated with the transition to a low-
carbon economy. Centaur actively monitors 
and manages its climate-related risks in 
order to mitigate their impact including as 
follows:

• 

• 

the Group monitors weather-related 
events via reliable sources such as the 
MET Office so that it can identify and 
assess extreme weather events that 
may impact the business and, where 
necessary, communicate this to relevant 
stakeholders, such as our employees 
and / or event attendees (mitigation of 
physical risks, such as flooding, storms 
and extreme heat); and

the Group’s Legal, Co-Sec and Finance 
functions regularly review the regulatory 
landscape to identify any new policy, 
governance requirements or legislation 
relating to climate-change (mitigation of 
reputation and policy and legal risks).

34

www.centaurmedia.comMetrics and Targets

•  Metrics used by Centaur to assess climate-related risks and opportunities in line with its strategy and risk 

management processes

Centaur has focused its key metrics towards the climate-related risks that will have the most impact on the Group in the shorter-term. 
These metrics include the following:

KPI

Description and risk mitigated

Training of 
Directors and key 
management 

In relation to mitigation of both the reputational risk and the policy, law and regulation risk, Centaur collects 
information on both the type and quantum of training undertaken by all Directors, the Executive Committee and 
the Climate Steering Committee

Business travel

In order to monitor and control the emissions related to business travel and to understand and mitigate against 
both physical and technology risks, a record is kept of all significant business travel undertaken by employees 
and consultants that either includes air or international travel and/or hotel nights, and an estimation of the 
resulting emissions. 

Employee office 
attendance

In order to monitor and understand the emissions related to employee commuting and to mitigate against 
physical risks, a record is kept on a monthly basis of all employees commuting into our London office. Linked 
with home location information, commuting emissions data can be calculated at a detailed level as well as 
understanding Centaur’s office space requirements

Scope 1, 2 and 3 
emissions

In order to monitor and control the emissions related to the past and future significant activities of the Group, the 
total of its Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions and the related ratios of emissions per employee and per £m of revenue 
are calculated on an annual basis. This metric will also be used to estimate and inform future decisions such 
as those related to the budget and three-year strategy and financial plan. Knowledge and understanding of 
current emissions will also be used to inform management of the climate-related impact of new revenue streams, 
products and purchased services or supplies.

Carbon offset

In order to mitigate Centaur’s reputational risk as well as support any future carbon targets, the Group will keep 
a record of the carbon offset initiatives that it undertakes and as a consequence an estimation of the emissions 
that are offset.

•  Scope 1, Scope 2 and, if appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and the related risks
Centaur’s energy use and greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions have been assessed using Anthesis Group’s RouteZero platform that forms 
an accurate and robust GHG inventory across Scopes 1, 2 and 3, aligned with the GHG Protocol: A Corporate Accounting and Reporting 
Standard (revised edition, 2015). Responsibility for emissions sources was determined using the operational control approach. All 
emissions sources required under the Companies, Partnerships and Groups (Accounts and Non-Financial Reporting) Regulations 2016 are 
included. This estimate covers all Centaur’s operations that are consolidated in the financial statements and the office leased by Centaur 
to conduct these operations. Data including employee commuting has been collected from Centaur’s office based in London. Activity data 
was then converted to greenhouse gas estimates using the UK Government’s GHG Conversion Factors for Company Reporting 2022.

35

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTEnvironmental, Social and Governance
CONTINUED

Centaur’s emissions from Scope 1, 2 and 3 are set out below. Our reporting on energy use and GHG emissions is in line with the 
Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting (‘SECR’) legislation. The Scope 1 and 2 emissions from 2021 are shown as a baseline.

Global carbon footprint assessment

Emissions from:
Scope 1 – direct emissions1
Scope 2 – indirect emissions1

Total Scope 1 and 2 emissions
CO2 employee ratio Scope 1 and 2 
(tonnes of CO2 per employee)
CO2 employee ratio Scope 1 and 2 
(tonnes of CO2 per £m revenue)

Scope 3 – employee commuting2
Scope 3 – other indirect emissions

Scope 3 – total
Total (all Scope 1, 2 and 3)
CO2 employee ratio Scope 1, 2 and 3 
(tonnes of CO2 per employee)
CO2 employee ratio Scope 1, 2 and 3 
(tonnes of CO2 per £m revenue)

31 December  
2022
Tonnes  
of CO2e

31 December  
2021
Tonnes  
of CO2e
Market-based

Change in 
the year %

31 December  
2022
Tonnes  
of CO2e

31 December  
2021
Tonnes  
of CO2e
Location-based

Change in 
the year %

–
13
13

0.05

0.31

2,893
2,288
5,181
5,194

19

125

–
17
17

0.06

0.43

548
2,045
2,593
2,610

10

67

–
(24)
(24)

(17)

(28)

428
12
100
99

90

87

–
40
40

0.15

0.96

2,893
2,298
5,191
5,231

19

126

–
46
46

0.17

1.18

548
2,056
2,604
2,650

10

68

–
(13)
(13)

(12)

(19)

428
12
99
97

90

85

1 

In the prior year, emissions from gas were reported under Scope 1. This classification has since been revised to Scope 2 to reflect that the gas is consumed via the office lease 
arrangement rather than the Group purchasing the gas directly

2  Emissions from employee commuting has been estimated using a distance-based method.

Total UK and global energy consumption (kWh)

31 December  
2022

31 December  
2021

Change in 
the year %

697,478

684,790

2

Scope 3 emissions from employee commuting has increased in 2022 compared to 2021 due to a return to working from the office 
following COVID-19. Other Scope 3 emissions have increased due to the increase in operating activities in the year such as events, an 
increase in business travel and the increase year-on-year in the level of emissions related to capital purchases such as property, plant and 
equipment. 

•  Targets used by Centaur to manage climate-related risks and opportunities and performance against targets
Centaur does not currently employ targets to manage climate-related risks and opportunities and performance against targets due to 
transitional challenges, including lack of climate-related data and metrics and system limitations. Having now accurately measured and 
disclosed our Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions for 2022 and reviewed the most material contributors to our carbon footprint, we intend to 
assess our ability to reduce these. We are currently considering how we can achieve a net zero target and over what timeframe. Now the 
business has identified and understands the potential impacts of climate change on the business, over the course of 2023, Centaur aims 
to increase the availability of climate-related metrics to support the Group in setting targets associated with managing potential climate-
related risks and opportunities.

We are also reviewing opportunities to use high-quality carbon offsets to reach carbon neutrality. To help mitigate the impact of our 
GHG emissions, in 2021 DICE launched a scheme investing in a new carbon capture project to help mitigate the impact of our emissions 
through carbon offsetting, with the United Nations (Eastbourne) Mvule tri-species tree project in Uganda. Centaur’s contribution to this 
project is estimated to capture up to 2,500 CO2/t per annum over the first ten years, although lower offset levels are achieved in its 
initial years.

36

www.centaurmedia.com 
 
•  staff initiatives to encourage good 

environmental practices.

Kaizen sees improvement in productivity as 
a gradual and methodical process. 

Energy efficiency actions
We continue to measure our carbon footprint 
by monitoring our energy usage and we are 
pleased to confirm that we are compliant with 
the EU Energy Efficiency Directive ‘Energy 
Saving Opportunity Scheme’ (‘ESOS’).

After analysis of the emissions data for 
2021 and 2022, the key areas contributing 
to Centaur’s emissions have been 
identified as:

•  Scope 1 and 2 emissions relating to the 

London office space; and 

•  Scope 3 emissions from employee 

Further, in relation to Centaur’s office 
space in WeWork, we are achieving an 
indirect reduction of our emissions from the 
environmental practices and targets that 
WeWork has set itself:

•  Renewable electricity – based in one of 

WeWork’s global locations that is sourced 
by 100% renewable electricity; and

•  Sustainable, efficient operations – 

reducing energy and water use and 
reducing annual waste.

commuting and purchased goods and 
services.

Social 

Centaur has taken action to reduce its 
emissions in the following ways:

• 

relocation from 1 January 2023 to a 
smaller WeWork office space, which is 
expected to significantly reduce our 
Scope 1 and 2 emissions in 2023;

•  continuation of hybrid working with 

most staff attending the office up to a 
maximum of two days a week to reduce 
commuting related emissions from 
historical levels before Covid. However, 
emissions from employee commuting 
are nonetheless expected to rise from 
2022 to 2023 as the return to working 
from the office following Covid took 
place in February 2022 and the average 
number of employees in the office has 
increased over the course of the year;

• 

introduction of an electric vehicle 
scheme and continued support of the 
cycle to work scheme; and

Our people – communication
The Board recognises the importance of 
instilling Centaur’s values in the culture of 
the Company and the necessity for high 
standards of business conduct across 
the breadth of the Group; it is integral to 
delivering on our strategy. 

These values and standards are cascaded 
to the business by “walking the talk” led 
by the Executive Directors, through the 
Executive Committee and the senior 
leadership team, to all employees. This is 
done through regular all staff updates and 
Q&A sessions, Xeim and The Lawyer Town 
Hall meetings and other formal and informal 
methods of communication. During 2022, 
the Company commenced a Kaizen process 
which is a Japanese business philosophy 
that continuously improves operations and 
involves all employees. As part of this, the 
CEO has a rolling programme of breakfast 
meetings with all non-senior employees to 
listen to their ideas to improve the business. 

Our people – talent development
Our people are our most important asset 
and are crucial to our success. Having the 
right people with the right skills at all levels 
in our organisation is critical to building a 
quality, sustainable business and delivering 
our strategy. 

Our culture is characterised as customer 
focused, commercial, diverse, grounded 
and innovative with a "Can do, Will do, 
Now!" attitude. Accordingly, career 
development, communication and 
continuous quality improvement are a 
priority. The Kaizen programme is also an 
effective way to engage and develop the 
talents of our people.

The Company has also recognised that 
ESG is of high importance to young talent 
when making career choices and the 
Group’s disclosure on these matters is 
therefore supportive of recruitment efforts.

Our people – training
During the year there has been mandatory 
training for all staff on Security, GDPR and 
Anti-Bribery and Corruption along with 
coaching sessions, webinars on resilience, 
training for menopause champions and other 
individual role specific training sessions. 

Further management training has taken 
place and all colleagues have been 
through Customer Services training which 
was developed internally. 27 colleagues 
have completed the MW Mini MBA in 
Marketing. Sessions related to diversity and 
inclusion were held for men and women – 
further detail below.

37

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTEnvironmental, Social and Governance
CONTINUED

DICE (Diversity, Inclusion, Culture 
and Engagement) – Employee 
engagement in action
DICE was formed during 2019 with the 
purpose of building a more diverse, 
inclusive and engaged workforce through 
driving positive change. DICE comprises 
twelve employees from across the Group 
and is led by one of the CSG. DICE 
reports to the CEO and Carol Hosey 
is its Non-Executive Director sponsor. 
Her role is to ensure that employee 
sentiment is clearly communicated to the 
Board and that our gender, diversity and 
environmental ambitions are realised with 
actionable plans.

During 2022 DICE focused its efforts in 
five key areas, Diversity and Inclusion, 
Communications and Engagement, Social, 
Environment and Charity. It continues 
to play an integral and valuable role to 
support engagement with our workforce, 
ensuring that everyone at Centaur 
feels connected and helps to build our 
community and culture.

DICE is a key driver in Centaur’s 
environmental and social policy and has 
devised workstreams to support the 
business in driving continued change 
in 2022. For instance, the Group has a 
whistleblowing policy in place enabling 
employees to report any concerns about 
improper practices, including relating to 
its environmental and social responsibility 
practices.

During 2022, key DICE initiatives included 
the following:

Diversity & Inclusivity

•  Sessions on Midlife Matters for men 

and women and launch of Menopause 
Champions;

38

•  Gender Diversity – publication of our 

Age Pledge; and

•  Education around Black History Month 

and South Asian Heritage Month.

Communications and Engagement

•  Weekly newsletter;

•  Wellness Day – given to all staff in 

October 2022 which will be repeated 
in 2023;

•  Feedback Forums – 1-to-1 and focus 

groups to better understand employee 
sentiment and achieve greater 
employee satisfaction; and

•  Annual employee survey.

Social

•  Two main social events in 2022, the first 
in April to “Welcome” everyone back 
following the return to working from the 
office earlier in the year and the second 
in September.

Charity

•  Volunteer days with the Trussell 

Trust; and

•  A number of fundraising events in the 

office including bake sales and a sale of 
unwanted gifts to encourage recycling.

Diversity
Centaur strongly encourages diversity 
across the Group and considers it an 
integral element of ensuring our success 
as a business. We profoundly believe that 
a workforce with diverse experiences and 
diverse ideas makes for a better business, 
and we are committed to recruiting and 
promoting the most talented people 
from the widest pool. To do this, we 
offer apprenticeships, internships, and 
work experience opportunities to young 

people from all backgrounds and provide 
equal opportunities for all current and 
prospective employees.

The Group has an Inclusion, Diversity and 
Equality Policy which covers recruitment 
and selection, promotion, training and 
development, and standard contract terms 
for all staff. DICE has been instrumental in 
developing our Antiracism & Inclusivity and 
LGBTQ+ pledges and a Community Group 
forum exists and acts as a space of openness 
and inclusivity where employees can speak 
freely about issues regarding race.

As at 31 December 2022, two of our 
seven (29%) Board members are female, a 
decrease from 33% in 2021 following the 
appointment of Richard Staveley in the year 
in his role as an adviser to Centaur’s largest 
shareholder. Two out of our six (33%) 
Executive Committee members (2021: 40%) 
are female following the promotion of Ian 
Baldwin as Centaur’s CTO in the year. The 
Centaur Strategy Group, comprising the 
Executive Committee and a small group of 
senior leaders in the Company (in total 11 
male and 7 female), have been involved in 
the development of a number of strategic 
projects during 2022.

As at 31 December 2022, 163 (57%) of 
our employees are female and 121 (43%) 
are male. We proudly support flexible 
working opportunities and over 10% of the 
workforce is employed on a part-time basis. 

Gender pay
We carry out an annual analysis on Gender 
Pay. The report for 2022 can be found 
at www.centaurmedia.com/corporate-
responsibility/inclusion-diversity. Our mean 
average Gender Pay Gap has reduced 
between 2021 and 2022 from 24.7% 
to 19.4%, although the median average 
Gender Pay Gap has increased slightly 
from 12.5% to 12.9%.

www.centaurmedia.comOther initiatives
During 2022, the Board continued 
initiatives to support our colleagues. These 
included:

•  access to Unum “Lifeworks”, an 

employee assistance programme 
providing counselling, support with 
Covid, managing finances, assistance 
with legal matters and mental health 
support services as well as giving 
access to virtual GP appointments free 
of charge;

• 

five mental health first-aiders 
were trained for all employees to 
confidentially engage with regarding 
any issues they may have. This was 
supplemented with a variety of webinars 
and initiatives to support those coping 
with change and uncertainty, building 
resilience and working from home 
effectively;

•  access to NABS, which is a support 
organisation for the advertising and 
media industry;

•  maternity buddies and menopause 

champions;

• 

recognising the cost-of-living challenges 
for approximately half of our employees 
who are lower paid by giving them a 
mid-year pay rise;

•  promoting salary sacrifice for 

employees to plan financial efficiency 
on their pension contributions; and  

•  expert professional advice on financial 
education including money saving tips.

Having seen, first-hand, the benefits of 
these initiatives, as well as listening to 
employee feedback, the Board will be 
maintaining these practices going forward.

Health and safety
We are committed to the safety of our 
staff and, while the nature of the business 
and our WeWork serviced offices make 
the risk of work-based accidents relatively 
low, the Group takes its responsibilities 
for the health and safety of its employees 
seriously. We have a detailed health and 
safety policy outlining the responsibilities 
of our staff to ensure workplace safety and 
our Health and Safety Committee, which is 
responsible for overseeing the application 
of this Policy, meets every six months and 
reports directly to the Board. 

In normal circumstances, our Office Manager 
is responsible for maintaining a safe 
environment for employees at our WeWork 
offices and an accident book is available to 
all staff in reception. We also periodically 
carry out internal health and safety 
reviews, taking follow up action to maintain 
standards where necessary and undertake 
staff training in relation to fire safety. To 
minimise risk to the health and safety of our 
employees in the event of a major disaster 
or emergency, our business continuity plan 
is regularly revised and tested. 

During 2022, employees adopted a 
hybrid working model following on from 
the response to the Covid pandemic. 
However, our Health and Safety Committee 
continued to operate and we sent surveys 
to employees to ensure they had the right 
equipment to work safely and comfortably 
from their homes. Based on the responses, 
we supplied employees with the necessary 
furniture and IT equipment, to ensure 
they could work from home in a safe and 
healthy way. 

Anti-slavery and  
human trafficking policy
We implemented the provisions of the 
UK Modern Slavery Act 2015 in 2016 
and adopted an anti-slavery and human 
trafficking policy. Our Slavery and Human 
Trafficking Statement is published on our 
website in March each year.

Community
The Group supports local communities 
and charitable organisations through 
direct fundraising, donation and pro-bono 
work. In 2022 we made donations to The 
Trussell Trust, an organisation that aids a 
nationwide network food bank to provide 
emergency food and support to people 
locked in poverty (£2,500) and Shooting 
Star Children’s Hospices (£2,500). 

In 2023 the Group will continue to support 
Shooting Star Children’s Hospices as well 
as Crisis. Both charities have been selected 
by colleagues through a selection process 
initiated by DICE.

In 2021, donations were made to Beat, an 
eating disorders charity (£1,400), The Calm 
Zone, a campaign against living miserably 
(£4,000 paid after the end of the year), Young 
Minds, who support young people’s mental 
health (£4,000) and the Mvule Project for 
Carbon Capture in Uganda (£5,000).

The Group also offers each employee 
a paid day off to spend volunteering for 
a not-for-profit cause or charity of their 
choice. We also operate a Give-As-You-
Earn scheme through the payroll and 
offer employees the option to undertake 
Volunteer Days.

Governance 
Details on Governance are set out in the 
Corporate Governance Report starting on 
page 51.

39

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTRisk Management

Risk management approach 
The Board has overall responsibility for the 
effectiveness of the Group’s system of risk 
management and internal controls, and 
these are regularly monitored by the Audit 
Committee. Details of the activities of the 
Audit Committee in this financial year can 
be found in the Audit Committee Report on 
pages 55 to 57.

The Executive Committee, Company 
Secretary and the Head of Legal are 
responsible for identifying, managing and 
monitoring material and emerging risks in 
each area of the business and for regularly 
reviewing and updating the risk register, as 
well as reporting to the Audit Committee in 
relation to risks, mitigations and controls. 
As the Group operates principally from one 
office and with relatively flat management 
reporting lines, members of the Executive 
Committee are closely involved in day-to-
day matters and are able to identify areas 
of increasing risk quickly and respond 
accordingly. 

The responsibility for each risk identified 
is assigned to a member of the Executive 
Committee. The Audit Committee considers 
risk management and controls regularly 
and the Board formally considers risks to 
the Group’s strategy and plans as well as 
the risk management process as part of its 
strategic review.

The risk register is the core element of the 
Group’s risk management process. The 
register is maintained by the Company 
Secretary with input from the Executive 
Committee and the Head of Legal. The 
Executive Committee initially identifies the 
material risks and emerging risks facing the 
Group and then collectively assesses the 
severity of each risk (by ranking both the 
likelihood of its occurrence and its potential 
impact on the business) and the related 
mitigating controls. 

As part of its risk management processes, 
the Board considers both strategic and 
operational risks, as well as its risk appetite 
in terms of the tolerance level it is willing 

to accept in relation to each principal risk, 
which is recorded in the Company’s risk 
register. This approach recognises that 
risk cannot always be eliminated at an 
acceptable cost and that there are some 
risks which the Board will, after due and 
careful consideration, choose to accept. 

The Group’s risk register, its method of 
preparation and the operation of the 
key controls in the Group’s system of 
internal control are regularly reviewed 
and overseen by the Audit Committee 
with reference to the Group’s strategic 
aims and its operating environment. The 
register is also reviewed and considered by 
the Board.

As part of the ongoing enhancement of 
the Group’s risk monitoring activities, we 
reviewed and updated the procedures 
by which we evaluate principal risks and 
uncertainties during the year including the 
consideration of climate-related risks as 
described in the ESG report. 

Principal risks 
The Group’s risk register currently includes operational and strategic risks. The principal risks faced by the Group in 2022, taken from the 
register, together with the potential effects and mitigating factors, are set out below. The Directors confirm that they have undertaken a 
robust assessment of the principal and emerging risks facing the Group. Financial risks are shown in note 25 to the financial statements.

Movement in 
risk

The Board 
considers this 
risk to have 
increased 
since the 
prior year.

Rank

Risk

Description of risk  
and impact

Risk mitigation/control  
procedure

1

Sensitivity to UK/
sector economic 
conditions.

40

The world economy has been 
severely impacted by the Covid 
pandemic and the conflict in Ukraine. 
The UK is forecast to be in recession 
and the inflation rate is over 10%. The 
Group continues to have sensitivity 
to UK/sector volatility and economic 
conditions. The impact has been 
acute on some of Centaur’s target 
market segments including the 
fashion, retail and entertainment 
sectors and is also having some 
impact on in-person events. 

The likelihood of ongoing volatility 
in 2023 is expected to be high 
including high inflation rates and 
there are varying views as to the 
timing and extent of any recovery.

We will mitigate the risk relating to 
our customers by adapting content to 
help them manage in the economic 
environment, focus on adding value to 
our subscription and eLearning products 
and improving user experience and 
customer service to protect renewal 
rates and new business.

Centaur continues to increase 
international organic growth to mitigate 
this risk. We are also increasing our focus 
on targeting larger scale multinational 
businesses which have a more 
diversified risk profile.  

Many of the Group’s products are 
market-leading in their respective sectors 
and are an integral part of our customers’ 
operational processes, which mitigates 
the risk of reduced demand for our 
products.

The Group regularly reviews the political 
and economic conditions and forecasts 
for UK, including specific risks such as 
inflation, to assess whether changes to 
its product offerings or pricing structures 
are necessary.

www.centaurmedia.comRank

Risk

Description of risk  
and impact

Risk mitigation/control  
procedure

2

Failure to deliver 
and maintain a high 
growth performance 
culture.

The risk that Centaur 
is unable to attract, 
develop and retain 
an appropriately 
skilled, diverse 
and responsible 
workforce and 
leadership team, 
and maintain a 
healthy culture 
which encourages 
and supports ethical 
high-performance 
behaviours and 
decision making.

Difficulties in 
recruiting and 
retaining staff could 
lead to loss of key 
senior staff. 

Centaur’s success depends 
on growing the business and 
completing the MAP23 strategy. In 
order to do this, it depends in large 
part on its ability to recruit, motivate 
and retain highly experienced and 
qualified employees in the face of 
often intense competition from other 
companies, especially in London.

Investment in training, development 
and pay awards needs to be 
compelling but will be challenging in 
the current economic and operating 
climate.

Implementing a diverse and inclusive 
working environment that allows 
for agile and remote delivery is 
necessary to keep the workforce 
engaged. It is also required for a 
flexible hybrid working model.

Higher staff churn (a challenge for 
many companies in our sector) has 
been an important issue during the 
first half of 2022 but we will need 
to keep our policies and practices 
under review.

Developing the MAP23 business 
strategy and changes required in 
skill set and culture are challenging 
and costly.

There has been a significant focus on 
employee communication this year 
including weekly updates, local town hall 
meetings, all company Q&A sessions and 
staff welfare calls.

We regularly review measures aimed at 
improving our ability to recruit and retain 
employees. During the year we have 
continued to focus on bringing in higher 
quality employees to replace leavers or 
those in new roles in order to enhance 
our strategy particularly in areas such as 
marketing, digitalisation, technology and 
data analytics.

We track employee engagement through 
weekly “check-ins” via our ENGAGE 
system to gauge colleague sentiment 
and gain an understanding of any key 
risks or challenges.

Our employee engagement committee, 
DICE, who focus on Diversity, Inclusion, 
Culture and Engagement, has helped 
to drive forward initiatives relating 
to diversity and inclusion, through 
communication and social functions. This 
is sponsored by the CEO and a Non-
Executive Director.

The CEO has held Kaizen breakfasts 
with employees during the year with the 
objective of generating a continuous 
performance improvement culture within 
the Group.

An annual review ensures flight risks 
and training needs are identified which 
become the focus for pay, reward and 
development areas. All London based 
staff continue to be paid at or above the 
London Living Wage.

Our HR team hold exit interviews for all 
leavers to identify and resolve areas of 
concern.

Movement in 
risk

The Board 
considers 
this risk to be 
broadly the 
same as the 
prior year.

41

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTMovement in 
risk

The Board 
considers 
this risk to be 
broadly the 
same as the 
prior year.

Risk Management
CONTINUED

Rank

Risk

Description of risk  
and impact

Risk mitigation/control  
procedure

3

Fraudulent or 
accidental breach 
of our IT network, 
major systems 
failure or ineffective 
operation of IT and 
data management 
systems leads to 
loss, theft or misuse 
of financial assets, 
proprietary or 
sensitive information 
and/or inoperative 
core products, 
services, or business 
functions.

Centaur relies on its IT network 
to conduct its operations. The 
IT network is at risk of a serious 
systems failure or breach of its 
security controls due to a deliberate 
or fraudulent cyber-attack or 
unintentional event and may include 
third parties gaining unauthorised 
access to Centaur’s IT network and 
systems.

This could result in misappropriation 
of its financial assets, proprietary 
or sensitive information (including 
personal data or confidential 
information), corruption of data, 
or operational disruption, such 
as unavailability of our websites 
and our digital products to users, 
unavailability of support platforms 
and disruption to our revenue 
collection activities.

Centaur could incur significant 
costs and suffer other negative 
consequences as a result of 
this, such as remediation costs 
(including liability for stolen assets 
or information and repair of any 
damage caused to Centaur’s IT 
network infrastructure and systems) 
as well as reputational damage and 
loss of investor confidence resulting 
from any operational disruption.

A serious occurrence of a loss, theft 
or misuse of personal data could also 
result in a breach of data protection 
requirements and the effects of this.  
See risk 4: Regulatory compliance.

Appropriate IT security and related 
controls are in place for all key processes 
to keep the IT environment safe and 
monitor our network systems and data.

Centaur has invested significantly in 
its IT systems and, where services are 
outsourced to suppliers, contingency 
planning is carried out to mitigate risk of 
supplier failure.

Centaur continues to develop its CRM, 
e-commerce and finance systems 
and has removed a number of legacy 
systems in the last 3 years reducing the 
Group’s cyber risk.

Centaur has a business continuity plan 
which includes its IT systems and there 
is daily, overnight back-up of data, stored 
off-site.

Websites are hosted by specialist third-
party providers who typically provide 
warranties relating to security standards. 
All of our websites are hosted on a 
secure platform which is cloud hosted 
and databases have been cleansed and 
updated.

The Group Head of Data ensures that 
rigorous controls are in place to ensure 
warehouse data can only be downloaded 
by the data team. Integration of the 
warehouse with current databases and 
data captured and stored elsewhere is 
ongoing. 

Please see risk 4: Regulatory compliance 
for specific mitigations relating to the 
security of personal data and GDPR 
compliance.

42

www.centaurmedia.comRank

Risk

Description of risk  
and impact

Risk mitigation/control  
procedure

Centaur has taken a wide range of 
measures aimed at complying with the 
key aspects of the GDPR, DPA and PECR.

The Data Compliance Committee 
(overseen by the CFO) monitors 
Centaur’s ongoing compliance with data 
protection laws.

Staff are required to undertake online 
data protection awareness and data 
security awareness training annually.

In 2021, Centaur appointed a DPO 
(Wiggin LLP) to oversee its compliance 
with data protection laws. Further, 
Centaur’s in-house legal team keeps 
abreast of material developments in data 
protection law and regulation and advice 
from external law firms is sought where 
appropriate. 

Given the increasingly global nature 
of our business and our customers, 
Centaur’s approach to complying with 
data protection laws in other jurisdictions 
is kept under review. 

4

Regulatory 
compliance (GDPR, 
PECR and other 
similar legislation) 
includes strict 
requirements 
regarding how 
Centaur handles 
personal data, 
including that of 
customers. There is 
the risk of a fine from 
the ICO, third-party 
claims as well as 
reputational damage 
if we do not comply.

The UK General Data Protection 
Regulation (‘GDPR’), the Data 
Protection Act 2018 (‘DPA’) 
and the Privacy and Electronic 
Communications Regulations 
(‘PECR’) involve strict requirements 
for Centaur regarding its handling 
of personal data. Centaur’s 
obligations under the GDPR are 
complex meaning this area requires 
ongoing focus.

PECR includes specific obligations 
for businesses like Centaur 
regarding electronic marketing calls, 
emails, texts and use of cookies and 
similar technologies, among other 
things.

In the event of a serious breach of 
the GDPR and/or PECR, Centaur 
could be subject to a significant 
fine from the regulator, the ICO, and 
claims from third parties including 
customers, as well as reputational 
damage.

The maximum fines for breaches are 
£17.5 million (GDPR) and £500,000 
(PECR) respectively and directors can  
have liability for serious breaches of 
PECR’s marketing rules.

Other countries and jurisdictions 
worldwide have their own laws 
relating to data and privacy. Where 
Centaur is required to comply with 
the laws in non-UK jurisdictions 
there is a risk that Centaur may 
not be compliant with all such laws 
and could therefore be subject to 
regulatory action and fines from 
the relevant regulators and data 
subjects. 

ICO guidance relating to use of 
cookies, and further changes to the 
laws relating to data privacy, ad tech 
and electronic marketing expected 
in the future, will further increase the 
regulatory burden for businesses like 
Centaur and the requirements in this 
regard will need to be kept under 
review.

Movement in 
risk

The Board 
considers 
this risk to be 
broadly the 
same as the 
prior year.

43

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTRisk Management
CONTINUED

Viability Statement
In accordance with provision 31 of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code 2018, the 
Directors have assessed the viability of 
the Group over a three-year period from 
signing of this Annual Report to March 
2026, taking account of the Group’s 
current position, the Group’s strategy, the 
Board’s risk appetite and, as documented 
above, the principal risks facing the Group 
and how these are managed. Based on the 
results of this analysis, the Directors have a 
reasonable expectation that the Group and 
the Company will be able to continue in 
operation and meet its liabilities as they fall 
due over the period to March 2026.

The Board has determined that the 
three-year period to March 2026 is an 
appropriate period over which to provide 
its viability statement because the Board’s 
financial planning horizon covers a three-
year period. In making their assessment, 
the Directors have taken account of the 
Group’s £10m three-year revolving credit 
facility (which allows extensions to 2026 on 
similar terms), cash flows, dividend cover 
and other key financial ratios over the 
period. 

The covenants of the facility require a 
minimum interest cover ratio of 4 and 
net leverage not exceeding 2.5 times. In 
the calculation of net leverage Adjusted 
EBITDA excludes the impact of IFRS 16. 
The Group is not expected to breach any 
of these covenants in any of the scenarios 
run for the viability statement and is not 
forecasting that the facility will be utilised 
during the viability period.

The base scenario uses a three-year 
forecast to December 2025, which 
assumes achievement of MAP23 targets, 
with the 2024 and 2025 forecast 
continuing that strategy. The three months 
to March 2026 are based directly off the 
respective forecast in 2025 with inflation 
applied. The MAP23 targets were built, 
bottom-up during 2020 once the impact 
of Covid had become clear. The strategy 
focuses on investment and resource 
allocation on the Flagship 4, the four 
brands we consider our key drivers for 
organic revenue growth. Further details 
of the MAP23 plan can be found in the 
Strategy section of this Annual Report.

The metrics in the base case are subject 
to stress testing which involves sensitising 
key assumptions underlying the forecasts 
both individually and in unison. The key 
sensitivity is on Adjusted EBITDA which 
is the primary driver of performance in 
the viability assessment. This sensitised 
scenario assumes that Adjusted EBITDA 
is lowered by 10% in every period that the 
viability statement covers.

In both the base case and sensitised 
scenarios, the Group would not be 
required to rely on the revolving credit 
facility in order to fund its daily operations. 
Sensitising the model for changes in the 
assumptions and risks affirmed that the 
Group and the Company would remain 
viable over the three-year period to 
March 2026. 

Going concern basis of 
accounting 
In accordance with provision 30 of the 
UK Corporate Governance Code 2018, 
the Directors’ statement as to whether 
they consider it appropriate to adopt the 
going concern basis of accounting in 
preparing the financial statements and their 
identification of any material uncertainties, 
including the principal risks outlined above, 
to the Group’s ability to continue to do so 
over a period of at least twelve months 
from the date of approval of the financial 
statements and for the foreseeable future, 
being the period as discussed in the 
viability statement above, can be found on 
page 56.

The Strategic Report was approved by the 
Board of Directors and signed by order of 
the Board.

Helen Silver 
Company Secretary 

14 March 2023

44

www.centaurmedia.com 
45

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comSTRATEGIC REPORTBoard of Directors

COLIN JONES 
Chair

Colin joined Centaur in September 2018 and became Chair in June 2019. Prior to June 
2018, Colin was CFO of Euromoney Institutional Investor PLC (Euromoney), where he 
worked in leadership roles in the UK and US for 22 years. He is also an independent non-
executive director, and audit committee chair, at M&C Saatchi Plc, and a non-executive 
director and trustee of City Lit, London’s leading adult education college, where he 
chairs the Finance & Commercial Committee. During his time at Euromoney, Colin was 
instrumental in its transformation from its traditional media roots to a global, B2B digital 
information services group. He also has extensive M&A expertise through Euromoney’s 
many successful transactions. Before joining Euromoney, Colin was a Director at Price 
Waterhouse Europe, where he qualified as a Chartered Accountant.

Chair of the Nomination Committee and Member of the Remuneration Committee.

SWAGATAM MUKERJI 
Chief Executive Officer

Swag joined Centaur in 2016, after creating significant shareholder value previously 
at several blue chip FMCG companies, including United Biscuits plc, Diageo plc and 
Virgin, where he operated as a value creator, trouble-shooter and change agent. At 
Biocompatibles International plc, he led the commercialisation and international growth 
of the company, whilst running the product licensing division, increasing the share price 
fourfold in a falling market. Since then, he has been a C-suite director of three private 
equity backed businesses in a variety of sectors with the common theme of increasing 
shareholder value through strategy refresh, transformation and revitalising corporate 
culture. He has also led a substantial number of M&A transactions and multi-lender 
refinancings. Swag qualified as a Chartered Accountant at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
and is a Warwick MBA.

SIMON LONGFIELD 
Chief Financial Officer

Simon joined Centaur in November 2019. He spent the previous 10 years as CFO of BMI 
Research, a leading provider through its subscriptions model of macroeconomic, industry 
and financial market analysis, which was acquired by Fitch Group in 2014. During his time 
at BMI Research revenues more than doubled as the company expanded internationally 
with Simon’s support. Prior to this, Simon was CFO of Newfound, an AIM-listed property 
and leisure group. Simon began his career at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP where he 
qualified as a Chartered Accountant and worked in London and Australia.

WILLIAM ECCLESHARE 
Senior Independent Director

William joined Centaur in July 2016. William served as CEO of Clear Channel Outdoor 
(NYSE) - one of the world’s largest out-of-home media companies – from 2009 to 2021. He 
is Senior Independent Director of Britvic plc and Chair of The Design Council – a charity 
by Royal Charter and the UK Government’s strategic advisor on design. William served as 
a non-executive director of Hays plc from 2004 to 2014 and was a Partner and Leader of 
European Branding Practice at McKinsey & Co from 2000 to 2003. He has also served 
in international leadership roles at major advertising agencies, including as European 
Chairman and CEO of BBDO (Omnicom); European Chairman of Young and Rubicam (WPP 
Group); Global Strategic Planning Director of J. Walter Thompson Worldwide (WPP Group); 
and CEO of PPGH/JWT Amsterdam. 

Member of the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees.

46

www.centaurmedia.comCAROL HOSEY 
Non-Executive Director (Independent)

Carol joined Centaur on 5 February 2020. Carol has extensive remuneration experience 
at executive and board level and has spent over 20 years in senior HR roles, latterly as the 
Group HR Director for Mace Ltd, the international consultancy and construction group and 
Mitie Group plc. 

Chair of the Remuneration Committee and member of the Audit and Nomination 
Committees. She is also the Non-Executive Director sponsor of Centaur’s employee 
engagement committee known as DICE.

LESLIE-ANN REED 
Non-Executive Director (Independent)

Leslie-Ann joined Centaur on 1 March 2020 and became Chair of Centaur’s Audit 
Committee on 31 March 2020. Leslie-Ann is an experienced non-executive director and 
chairs the audit committee at Learning Technologies Group plc. She is also chair of the 
audit committee and senior independent non-executive director of Bloomsbury Publishing 
Plc. Leslie-Ann is a chartered accountant and her executive roles have included CFO of the 
B2B publisher Metal Bulletin plc and the online auctioneer Go Industry plc. 

Chair of the Audit Committee and member of the Nomination and  
Remuneration Committees.

RICHARD STAVELEY 
Non-Executive Director

Richard joined Centaur in May 2022 as a non-independent non-executive director with 
over twenty years’ experience of equity investing as a fund manager at several successful 
fund management businesses, primarily in publicly quoted companies. He is the lead 
fund manager at Rockwood Strategic Plc, which holds 6.0% of Centaur, and an advisor to 
Harwood Capital LLP, which holds 23.8%. Since qualifying as a Chartered Accountant at 
PricewaterhouseCoopers, Richard has worked at Société Générale Asset Management, 
River and Mercantile Asset Management and Majedie Asset Management. He is a 
Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) with a Bachelor of Arts from the University of Newcastle. 
He is also a non-executive director of Bonhill Group plc.

47

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTExecutive Committee

STEVE NEWBOLD 
Group Managing Director – Xeim

Steve joined Centaur in March 2015. He is responsible for the eleven brands in the Xeim 
portfolio including Econsultancy, Influencer Intelligence, Marketing Week and the highly 
successful Marketing Week Mini MBA series. Steve has extensive experience in leading 
content-led, multi-channel businesses in both B2B and consumer sectors. He has played 
a key role at Centaur in accelerating the growth of the company’s digital information and 
training business with a focus on establishing long-term relationships with customers and 
developing repeatable revenue streams. Prior to joining Centaur Steve held Managing 
Director roles at WGSN, i2i Events, Emap Communications (now Ascential) and Emap 
Consumer Media (now Bauer).

JANE WILKINSON 
Managing Director – The Lawyer

Jane is Managing Director of The Lawyer. She joined Centaur in August 2021 and has 
over 25 years of industry experience, including 18 years at B2B data and information 
business Euromoney Institutional Investor Plc, where she played a key role in growing paid 
subscriptions and transitioning the business to digital. She was responsible for running 
Euromoney Learning Solutions; Institutional Investor and Hedge Fund Intelligence, before 
becoming Group Chief Marketing Officer in 2016. Jane has worked with subscription 
businesses throughout her career, both B2C and B2B, in the information financial services 
and supply chain risk management sectors.

JACQUE MACKENZIE 
Chief People Officer

Jacque is the Chief People Officer and joined the Executive Committee in January 2020. 
Prior to joining Centaur in 2015, Jacque worked for Lloyds Banking Group, where she 
undertook a number of senior HR roles. She also spent five years working for Lloyd’s Retail 
Banking Division in Customer Experience and as Head of Engagement in the London 2012 
Sponsorship Team. Talent and performance are critical to get right in any business and 
Jacque is particularly interested in the role that diversity, culture and engagement play in 
ensuring that Centaur achieves its highest potential.

IAN BALDWIN 
Chief Technology Officer

Ian joined Centaur as part of the 2012 acquisition of The Profile Group, where he was 
Senior Technology Director, and joined Centaur's Executive Committee in November 2022 
as Chief Technology Officer. With responsibility for all technology at Centaur, including 
digital development, data and IT, Ian has extensive experience running digital and IT teams 
and specialises in subscription systems, digital strategy, growth and product innovation. He 
has played a critical role at Centaur leading the transformation of the business's print and 
digital information services into technology-enabled, scalable, high-growth products. Prior 
to Centaur, Ian headed technology at research agency MRIB.

48

www.centaurmedia.comDirectors’ Report

The Directors of Centaur 
Media Plc (‘the Company’ 
or ‘the Group’), a company 
incorporated and domiciled 
in England and Wales, 
present their report on 
the affairs of the Group 
and Company together 
with the audited Company 
and consolidated financial 
statements for the year 
ended 31 December 2022. 

There are no significant events since the 
reporting date, except the commencement 
of the new office lease. Before the end of the 
year, the Group signed a lease agreement 
for new office space with a commencement 
date of 1 January 2023. This lease has a term 
of three years until 31 December 2025. See 
notes 18 and 27 for further details.

Principal activities
The principal activities of the Group are the 
provision of business intelligence, learning 
and specialist consultancy to selected 
professional and commercial markets within 

Harwood Capital LLP
Aberforth Partners LLP1
Herald Investment Management
Downing LLP
Richard Griffiths
Graham Sherren
Artemis Investment Management LLP

the marketing and legal professions, our 
two sectors. The principal activities of the 
Company are those of a holding company.

Business review
The Strategic Report, incorporating 
the CEO’s Statement, on pages IFC to 
44 sets out a summary of the Group 
strategic objectives, business model, key 
performance measures, operating and 
financial reviews, future developments, 
S172 statement, the Environmental, Social 
and Governance report and principal risks. 

Greenhouse gas emissions
Details of the Group’s greenhouse gas 
emissions are included in the Environmental, 
Social and Governance report on page 36.

Research and  
development activities 
The Group invests in systems and website 
development activities – see note 10 to 
the financial statements for the internally 
generated amounts capitalised during 
the year. The Group does not incur any 
significant research costs.

Dividends
A final ordinary dividend under the dividend 
policy in respect of the year to 31 December 
2022 of 0.6 pence per share (2021: 0.5 
pence) is proposed by the Directors, and 
subject to shareholder approval at the 
Annual General Meeting, will be paid on 
26 May 2023 to ordinary shareholders on 
the register at the close of business on 12 
May 2023. The total ordinary dividends 
paid to shareholders relating to the year will 
therefore be 1.1 pence (2021: 1.0 pence). 

In addition to the ordinary dividends paid 
relating to 2022, a special dividend of 3.0 
pence per share was announced in January 
2023 and paid in February 2023. A further 
special dividend of 2.0 pence per share is 
now announced to be paid in March 2023. 

Share capital and 
substantial shareholdings 
Details of the share capital of the Company 
are set out in note 21 to the financial 
statements. As at 31 December 2022, and 
14 March 2023 (being the last practicable 
date prior to publication), notifications 
of interests at or above 3% in the issued 
voting share capital of the Company had 
been received from the following: 

31 December 2022 
%

14 March 2023 
%

29.86
23.91
7.32
4.56
–
3.20
4.55

29.86
23.91
7.32
4.56
3.39
3.20
3.01

1  This includes Wellcome Trust Limited which is managed by Aberforth Partners LLP

At 14 March 2023 and 31 December 2022, 4,550,179 (31 December 2021: 4,550,179) 10 pence ordinary shares are held in treasury, 
representing 3.01% (2021: 3.01%) of the issued share capital of the Company as at 31 December 2022. As at 31 December 2022, there 
were 800,000 (2021: 800,000) deferred shares of 10 pence each which carry restricted voting rights and carry no right to receive a 
dividend payment. 

Directors and Directors’ interests
The Directors of the Company during the year and up to the date of this report are detailed below. All Directors apart from Richard 
Staveley, who was appointed on 16 May 2022, served from 1 January 2021. The Board has decided to continue observing best practice by 
offering themselves for re-election annually. 

49

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORT 
Directors’ Report
CONTINUED

Swagatam Mukerji 
Simon Longfield
Colin Jones 
William Eccleshare
Carol Hosey 
Leslie-Ann Reed 
Richard Staveley (appointed 16 May 2022)

Number of ordinary  
shares held at  
1 January 2022

Shares acquired  
during the year

Number of ordinary 
shares held at  
31 December 2022

Number of ordinary 
shares held at  
14 March 2023

403,448    
72,769
140,000
–
–
–
–

257,208       

–
–
–
–
–
–

660,656    
72,769
140,000
–
–
–
–

661,519     
72,769
140,000
–
–
–
–

The Directors’ interests in long-term incentive plans are disclosed in the Remuneration Committee Report on pages 59 to 75.

Qualifying third party 
indemnity provisions
By virtue of article 231 of the Articles of 
Association of the Company, a qualifying third-
party indemnity provision (within the meaning 
given by section 234 of the Companies Act 
2006) is in force at the date of this report in 
respect of each Director of the Company and 
was in force throughout the year. 

The Company has purchased appropriate 
insurance in respect of legal actions 
against Directors and officers.

Charitable and political 
donations 
The Group supports local communities 
and charitable organisations through direct 
fundraising, donation and pro-bono work and 
details of the charitable donations it made in 
2022 can be found in the community section 
of the Section 172 statement.  

No political donations were made during 
the year (2021: £nil). 

Employment policy
The Group is an equal opportunities 
employer and appoints employees based on 
their skill, experience and capability without 
reference to age, gender, sexual orientation, 
ethnic group, religious beliefs, disability or 
any other personal characteristics.

It is the Group’s policy to give full 
consideration to suitable applications 
for employment by disabled persons. 
Opportunities also exist for employees 
of the Group who become disabled to 
continue in their employment or to be 
trained for other positions in the Group.

The Group actively encourages employee 
involvement at all levels, both through 
monthly employee briefings and by direct 
access to managers and the Executive 
Committee. Our employee engagement 
committee known as DICE was set up in 
2019 on which more details can be found in 
the Strategic Report on page 38. In addition, 
the Share Incentive Plan as described 

50

in note 22 encourages employees’ 
participation in the Group’s performance.

All employees are regularly briefed on the 
financial and economic factors affecting 
the Group’s performance and new 
initiatives through town hall meetings and 
management cascade of information. 

Significant agreements
The Group’s bank facility agreement is a 
significant agreement that is terminable 
on a change of control of the Company. In 
addition, awards under certain of the long-
term incentive plans, details of which are set 
out in note 22, will vest or may be exchanged 
for awards of a purchaser’s shares upon a 
change of control of the Company.

Conflicts of interest
Following the implementation of legislation 
on conflicts of interest, reflected in the 
historical changes to the Company’s 
Articles of Association, procedures are 
in place to deal with such conflicts which 
have operated effectively.

Financial instruments
A statement in relation to the financial 
risk management and use of financial 
instruments by the Group is presented in 
note 25 to the financial statements.

Information required under 
the listing rules
In accordance with the UK Financial 
Conduct Authority’s Listing Rules (LR 
9.8.4C), the information to be included in 
the Annual Report and financial statements, 
where applicable, under LR 9.8.4, is set out 
in this Directors’ Report, with the exception 
of details of transactions with shareholders 
which is set out on page 71.

trading, and have a reasonable expectation 
that the Company has adequate resources 
to continue in operational existence for at 
least twelve months from the date of this 
report and for the foreseeable future, being 
the period shown in the viability statement 
on page 44. See note 1(a) of the financial 
statements for further details and page 44 
for our viability statement.

Subsidiaries
Details of the subsidiaries of the Company 
are shown in note 12 to the financial 
statements.

Compliance with the UK 
Corporate Governance 
Code
The Directors’ Statement on Corporate 
Governance in respect of the Group’s 
compliance with the provisions of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code is set out on 
page 51.

Auditor and disclosure of 
information to the Auditor 
The Directors confirm that, so far as the 
Directors are aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s auditor 
is unaware and the Directors have taken all 
the steps that they ought to have taken as 
Directors in order to make themselves aware 
of any relevant audit information and to 
establish that the Company’s auditor is aware 
of that information. 

This confirmation is given and should 
be interpreted in accordance with the 
provisions of s418 of the Companies 
Act 2006. The Directors’ responsibility 
statement is included on page 76.

Approved by the Board of Directors and 
signed by order of the Board. 

Going concern
The Directors have carefully considered 
the Group’s net current asset position, have 
assessed the Company’s ability to continue 

Helen Silver 
Company Secretary 
14 March 2023

www.centaurmedia.com 
Directors’ Statement on 
Corporate Governance

The Board is committed 
to high standards of 
corporate governance and 
supports the UK Corporate 
Governance Code published 
in 2018. The Board sets out 
its report below on how 
the Group has applied the 
principles of, and complied 
with, the UK Corporate 
Governance Code during 
the year.

Compliance statement
The Company has applied the provisions 
set out in the UK Corporate Governance 
Code throughout the year. The Board is 
committed to maintaining a structure which 
establishes a sound corporate governance 
framework on behalf of the Company’s 
shareholders. Throughout the year, the 
Group has complied with all the provisions 
of the UK Corporate Governance Code 
except for the provision set out below.

In respect of Provision 38 of the Code, 
Executive Directors’ pension contributions 
are in line with the Remuneration 
Policy approved at the AGM in 2022. 
In 2022, Swagatam Mukerji received a 
pension allowance equivalent to 9% of 
annual salary, the rate at the time of his 
appointment in 2016. After discussion at 
the beginning of 2022 the Remuneration 
Committee agreed that from 1 January 
2023 this will be reduced to 8% and by a 
further 1% a year for each of the 3 following 
years to align his pension arrangements 
with the general workforce at 5% from 1 
January 2026.

The Board
As at 31 December 2022, the Board had 
five Non-Executive Directors and two 
Executive Directors (Chief Executive and 
Chief Financial Officer). On 16 May 2022 
Richard Staveley, a representative of our 
largest shareholder, was appointed to 
the Board as one of the Non-Executive 
Directors. Biographies for each currently 
serving Director are shown on pages  
46 to 47. The Board endeavours to maintain 
diversity in its composition with respect 
to gender, skills, knowledge and length of 
service in order to ensure the balanced 
and effective running of the Company. 
Colin Jones is Chair of the Board and was 
independent on appointment. He leads the 
Board and ensures that both Executive and 
Non-Executive Directors make available 
sufficient time to carry out their duties in 
an appropriate manner, that all Directors 
receive sufficient financial and operational 
information and that there is proper debate 
at Board meetings.

The Board is responsible for the leadership 
of the Company and the Group, and in 
discharging that responsibility it makes 
decisions objectively and in the best 
interests of the Group and its stakeholders. 
The Section 172 Statement is set out in 
the Strategic Report on pages 25 to 28. 
The Board sets the vision, culture, values 
and standards for the Group. The balance 
of the Board, together with the advice 
sought from the Executive Committee 
members and the Company’s external 
advisors, ensures that no one individual 
has unfettered powers of decision. The 
Board delegates day-to-day responsibility 
for the running of the Company to the Chief 
Executive. 

The Chair is responsible for the effective 
performance of the Board through a 

Board meetings
During the year, the membership of the Board and of each committee was as follows:

schedule of matters reserved for approval 
by the Board (comprising issues considered 
most significant to the Group in terms of 
financial impact and risk) and control of the 
Board agenda. The Chair conducts Board 
and shareholder meetings and ensures 
that all Directors are properly briefed. The 
Chief Executive, supported by the Chief 
Financial Officer and Executive Committee, 
is responsible to the Board for running 
the business and implementing strategy. 
The Board reviews the performance of the 
Executive Directors and the Group against 
agreed budgets and against the Group’s 
objectives, strategy and values.

The Senior Independent Director is William 
Eccleshare, who is also a member of the 
Remuneration, Audit and Nomination 
Committees. The Company Secretary 
is Helen Silver. The Company Secretary 
assists the Chair in ensuring there is 
efficient communication between all 
Directors, the committees and senior 
management, as well as the professional 
development of Directors. Independent 
advisors including lawyers, remuneration 
specialists and the external auditor are 
available to advise the Non-Executive 
Directors at the Company’s expense. 
All the Non-Executive Directors, apart 
from Richard Staveley, are independent, 
and the Chair was independent on 
appointment. Committee meetings are 
held independently of Board meetings 
and invitations to attend are extended by 
the Committee Chair to other Directors, 
the Group’s advisors and management 
as appropriate. The terms of reference 
of the Audit Committee, the Nomination 
Committee and the Remuneration 
Committee, including their roles and the 
authority delegated to them by the Board, 
are available on request from the Company 
Secretary and will be available at the AGM.

  Board Role

Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee

Nomination Committee

Colin Jones 
William Eccleshare 
Carol Hosey 
Leslie-Ann Reed 
Richard Staveley1
Swagatam Mukerji 
Simon Longfield

–

Chair
Senior Independent Director Member
Member
Non-Executive Director
Chair
Non-Executive Director
–
Non-Executive Director
–
Chief Executive
–
Chief Financial Officer

1  Richard Staveley was appointed as a Non-Executive Director on 16 May 2022 

Member
Member
Chair
Member
–
–
–

Chair
Member
Member
Member
–
–
–

51

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTDirectors’ Statement on 
Corporate Governance
CONTINUED

The number of scheduled full Board meetings and committee meetings during the year along with attendance of Directors was as follows:

Number of scheduled 
meetings held:

Colin Jones
William Eccleshare4
Swagatam Mukerji 
Simon Longfield 
Carol Hosey  
Leslie-Ann Reed 
Richard Staveley 

 Board1

Audit Committee

Remuneration Committee2

Nomination Committee3

7
Meetings 
eligible to 
attend

Meetings 
attended

5
Meetings 
eligible to 
attend

3
Meetings 
eligible to 
attend

2
Meetings 
eligible to 
attend

Meetings 
attended

Meetings 
attended

Meetings 
attended

7
7
7
7
7
7
4

7
7
7
7
7
7
4

_
4
–
–
5
5
–

_
5
–
–
5
5
–

3
3
–
–
3
3
–

3
3
–
–
3
3
–

2
2
–
–
2
2
–

2
2
–
–
2
2
–

1  One additional unscheduled Board meeting was held during the year. 

2  One additional unscheduled Remuneration Committee meeting was held during the year.

3  Two additional unscheduled Nomination Committee meetings were held during the year.

4  William Eccleshare was unable to attend one of the Audit Committee meetings due to illness.

If a Director is unable to attend a meeting 
he or she is provided with the same level 
of information as the other Directors in 
advance of the meeting and given the 
opportunity to express views, which will 
then be shared at the meeting.

In addition to the key items identified for 
discussion by the Committees above, the 
Board discussed the following matters at 
the Board meetings during the year: 

•  Review of financial performance against 

budget and prior year ;

•  Decisions regarding the return to 

working from the office and hybrid 
working;

•  Review of dividend policy and 

payments;

•  Return of capital to shareholders;

•  Review and approval of budgets;

•  Review of Group key performance 

indicators;

•  Approval of financial reports and 

communication to shareholders and 
investors; and

•  Approval of the Group’s internal control 
policy, including a robust assessment 
of the principal and emerging risks, 
corporate governance environment and 
environmental issues.

Board assessment and 
Directors’ performance 
evaluation 
The Board undertakes a formal evaluation 
of its own performance and that of its 
committees and individual Directors. 
Individual evaluation aims to show whether 
each Director continues to contribute 
effectively and to demonstrate commitment 
to the role (including commitment of time 
for Board and committee meetings and 
other duties). Evaluations are undertaken 
annually by self-assessment and the Chair’s 
performance is also evaluated by the other 
Non-Executive Directors at a separate 
meeting for this purpose each year. 

In addition, the Chief Executive is subject 
to an annual performance review with the 
Chair. New Directors receive an induction 
programme and all the Directors are 
encouraged to undertake continuous 
professional development programmes 
as appropriate. The Group maintains 
insurance cover in respect of legal action 
against its Directors.

Management structure
The Board delegates the day-to-day 
running of the Company to the Executive 
Directors, who in turn share the operational 
running of the Group with the Executive 
Committee. On 7 November 2022, Ian 
Baldwin was appointed to the Executive 
Committee as Chief Technology Officer. 
Throughout the year, the Executive 
Committee was the primary body 

implementing operational management 
across the Group. 

The role of the Executive Committee is to 
review:

•  Financial performance, the budget and 

forecasts;

•  Human capital management and 

resource allocation including capital 
expenditure; 

•  Operational efficiency and 

developments (including Group IT, 
procurement and facilities);

•  Product development; 

•  Market development;

•  Business continuity planning;

• 

Internal and external communications;

•  Business transformation and change 

management; and

•  Acquisition and disposal plans.

The biographies of the members of the 
Executive Committee are set out on 
page 48. 

Relations with shareholders
The Company encourages meaningful 
dialogue with all stakeholders. Shareholder 
communication centres primarily on the 
publication of annual reports, periodic 
press releases, investor presentations, 
analyst research on Centaur’s website and 
trading updates. The Chair and Executive 
Directors are available for discussions 

52

www.centaurmedia.com 
mitigation actions also being reported to 
and overseen by the Audit Committee.

Principal and  
emerging risks 
The principal and emerging risks facing the 
Group, with associated mitigating controls, 
are detailed on pages 40 to 43 within the 
Strategic Report.

Ethics
The Group carries out its business in a 
fair, honest and open manner, ensuring 
that it complies with all relevant laws and 
regulations. The Company has specific 
policies on fraud, Director conflict, bribery, 
whistleblowing and slavery and human 
trafficking, which are widely distributed 
and compliance with these policies is 
monitored. The HR team ensures that new 
job opportunities are made available to 
existing employees as well as to outside 
applicants and that all employees are 
able to benefit from training, career 
development and promotion opportunities 
where appropriate. The recruitment of new 
personnel is made without prejudice and 
the Group believes in equal opportunity 
and encourages diversity. The analysis 
of the Group’s workforce and Board by 
gender is set out in the Environmental, 
Social and Governance Report on page 38.

Through all our interactions with our 
customers and partners we ensure that we 
treat them fairly and openly while abiding 
by the terms of contracts and relevant law. 
Equally, we treat our suppliers fairly, and 
do not exploit them or their employees, 
including the objective of paying all 
suppliers within the agreed payment terms.

Monitoring of controls
The Board has overall responsibility for the 
effectiveness of the Group’s system of risk 
management and internal controls, and 
these are regularly monitored by the  
Audit Committee. 

Details of the activities of the Audit 
Committee in this financial year can be 
found in the Audit Committee Report on 
pages 55 to 57.

with shareholders throughout the year 
and particularly around the time of results 
announcements. During the year, meetings 
were held with major shareholders 
following the preliminary results in March 
and the interim results in July.

The Senior Independent Director is also 
available should any shareholder wish 
to draw any matters to his attention. 
The Directors are available for comment 
throughout the year and at all General 
Meetings of the Company. Centaur values 
the views of its shareholders and recognises 
their interest in the Company’s strategy and 
performance, Board membership and quality 
of management. The Group therefore has 
an active programme to meet and make 
presentations to its current and potential 
shareholders to discuss its objectives. 
More details on engagement with our 
stakeholders are set out in the Section 172 
Statement in the Strategic Report on pages 
25 to 28. 

Investors are encouraged to attend the 
AGM and to participate in proceedings 
formally or sharing their views with Board 
members informally after the meeting. The 
Chairs of the Audit, Remuneration and 
Nomination Committees are available to 
answer questions. Separate resolutions are 
proposed on each issue so that they can 
be given proper consideration and there is 
a resolution to approve the annual report 
and financial statements. Consistent with 
last year’s AGM, shareholders will be given 
the opportunity to email questions to the 
Board prior to the AGM in 2023.

The Company counts all proxy votes and 
indicates the level of proxies lodged on 
each resolution, after it has been voted on 
by a show of hands. All shareholders can 
gain access to the annual reports, trading 
updates, announcements, research, press 
releases and other information about the 
Company through the Company’s website, 
www.centaurmedia.com.

Risk assessment
Risks that affect or may affect the 
business are identified and assessed, 
and appropriate controls and systems 
implemented to ensure that the risk is 
managed. The Group’s risk register is 
kept by the Company Secretary with input 
from the Executive Committee and Head 
of Legal and is reviewed by the Audit 
Committee regularly with appropriate 

Greenhouse gas emissions
The disclosure in respect of the 
greenhouse gas emissions of the Group 
that are attributable to human activity in 
tonnes of carbon dioxide is set out in the 
Environmental, Social and Governance 
Report on page 36.

Fraud
While the Group cannot guarantee 
to prevent fraud, an internal control 
framework is in place to reduce the 
likelihood of fraud arising. The Group’s 
whistleblowing policy is available to 
employees on the Company’s intranet, 
should any employee become aware of any 
incidence of fraud.

Directors’ conflicts
Group and subsidiary Directors are 
required to notify their employing company 
of all directorships they hold. Annual 
conflict of interest disclosures require 
them to disclose such directorships or 
other relationships, which they or a person 
connected to them may hold. Richard 
Staveley represents significant shareholder 
interests as an adviser to Harwood Capital 
and when appropriate will recuse himself 
from Board discussions if there is the 
possibility of a conflict. These are reviewed 
by the Board to assess the impact on the 
Company and whether it would impair the 
Group’s objectives.

Bribery Act 2010
In response to the Bribery Act 2010, 
the Board performed a risk assessment 
across the Group and formalised its policy 
to prevent bribery. The Board has in 
place processes to prevent corruption or 
unethical behaviour. The policy explains 
what is considered a bribe or facilitation 
payment, which are prohibited, and 
provides guidance over the levels of 
gifts, entertainment and hospitality that 
are considered reasonable. Training is 
mandatory for all employees. During 2022, 
an online training programme was made 
available to all employees. The Group’s 
policy is communicated to all appropriate 
third parties. The more rigorous processes 
around declaring Directors’ interests 
and identifying potential conflicts have 
improved the regular monitoring of the 
Group’s policy.

53

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTDirectors’ Statement on 
Corporate Governance
CONTINUED

Whistleblowing
The Company is committed to the highest 
standards of integrity and honesty. Along 
with other policies which encourage this 
behaviour, the Group’s whistleblowing 
policy is available to employees on 
the Company’s intranet. This policy 
allows all employees to disclose openly, 
in confidence or anonymously, any 
concerns they may have about possible 
improper practices, in financial or other 
matters. An escalation process has been 
communicated to employees. Any matters 
raised will be investigated and resolved. 
The Audit Committee will be notified of 
any issues raised through this process 
and appropriate action taken. However, no 
incidents were noted during the year.

Modern Slavery Act 2015
The Company is committed to 
implementing and enforcing effective 
systems and controls to ensure modern 
slavery is not taking place anywhere in its 
business or in any of its supply chains. The 
Company’s slavery and human trafficking 
statement for the purposes of section 
54 of the Modern Slavery Act 2015 is 
available on the Company’s website, www.
centaurmedia.com. The Group has in 
place an anti-slavery and human trafficking 
policy which has been made available to 
employees on the Company’s intranet and 
is notified to all new joiners. Training has 
been provided to key employees and the 
policy is communicated to suppliers and 
other third parties where appropriate. 

Capital structure
Information on the share capital structure 
is included in the Directors’ Report on 
page 49.

Approved by the Board of Directors and 
signed by order of the Board.  

Helen Silver 
Company Secretary 

14 March 2023

54

www.centaurmedia.com 
Audit Committee Report

Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to present 
the report of the 
Audit Committee (‘the 
Committee’) for the year 
ended 31 December 2022. 
This report details the Audit 
Committee’s responsibilities 
and key activities over  
the period. 

The role of the Committee is to protect 
the interests of shareholders regarding 
the integrity of financial information 
published by the Group and to oversee the 
effectiveness of the external audit. It does 
this through reviewing and reporting to the 
Board on the Group’s financial reporting, 
internal controls and risk management 
processes and the performance, 
independence and of the external auditor.

Following the appointment of Crowe U.K. 
LLP as auditor for the 2020 audit, they 
have continued in office and provided their 
audit report on 2022 on pages 77 to 80. 

Committee composition
The Audit Committee comprises Carol 
Hosey, William Eccleshare and myself. 
Our biographies are shown on pages 46 
to 47. The membership of the Committee 
is balanced and is considered to contain 
the appropriate combination of recent, 
relevant financial experience through the 
Chair, as well as competence relevant 
to the sector. The Executive Directors, 
representatives of the external auditor 
and other Group executives regularly 
attend meetings at the invitation of the 
Committee. The Committee met five times 
during the year with attendance as shown 
in the Directors’ Statement on Corporate 
Governance. Meetings are held throughout 
the year and timed to align with the overall 
financial reporting timetable. At least once 
during the year, the Committee meets 
separately with the external auditor without 
management and as Chair I am in regular 
direct contact with the external auditor and 
with the Chief Financial Officer. 

Roles and responsibilities
The main roles and responsibilities of the 
Audit Committee are to:

•  Monitor the integrity of the financial 
statements of the Group and any 
formal public announcements relating 
to the Group’s financial performance, 
reviewing (and approving) significant 
financial reporting judgements 
contained in them;

•  Review and monitor the external 

auditor’s independence and objectivity 
and the effectiveness of the audit 
process, taking into consideration 
relevant UK professional and regulatory 
requirements;

•  Review and assess the Annual Report 
in order to determine that it can advise 
the Board that, taken as a whole, 
the Annual Report is fair, balanced 
and understandable, and provides 
shareholders with the information they 
need to assess the Company’s position 
and performance, business model and 
strategy as required by provision 27 of 
the UK Corporate Governance Code;

•  Make recommendations to the Board in 
relation to the appointment and terms of 
engagement of the external auditor and 
to review and approve levels of audit 
and non-audit remuneration;

•  Develop and implement policy on the 
engagement of the external auditor to 
supply non-audit services;

•  Review the effectiveness of the 

Group’s internal financial control and 
risk management systems including 
a bi-annual review of the Group’s risk 
register;

•  Review the Group’s financial and 

operational policies and procedures 
to ensure they remain effective and 
relevant;

•  Oversee the whistleblowing 

arrangements of the Group and 
to ensure they are operating 
effectively; and

•  Report to the Board on how it has 
discharged its responsibilities.

Activities of the Committee 
during the year 
During the year and up until the date of this 
report, the Audit Committee undertook the 
following activities to ensure the integrity of 
the Group’s financial statements and formal 
announcements:

•  Regularly met with management and 
the Chief Financial Officer to discuss 
the results and performance of the 
business;

•  Received reports from management 
on the internal controls covering the 
financial reporting process and on data 
compliance matters;

•  Reviewed forecasts relating to the 

interim and final dividends;

•  Reviewed and agreed the external 

auditor’s strategy in advance of their 
audit for the year; 

•  Reviewed and agreed reappointment 
and remuneration of the external 
auditor;

•  Reviewed compliance with requirements 
under the UK Corporate Governance 
Code, and in particular its impact on the 
Strategic Report, Viability Statement and 
going concern assessment;

•  Discussed the report received from the 
external auditor regarding their audit in 
respect of the prior year, which included 
comments on significant financial 
reporting judgements and their findings 
on internal controls; 

•  Met with other management personnel; 

•  Reviewed and discussed with 

management and the Chief Financial 
Officer each financial reporting 
announcement made by the Group; and

•  Reviewed compliance with UK-adopted 
International Accounting Standards.

The most significant financial reporting 
judgements considered by the Audit 
Committee and discussed with the external 
auditor during the year were as follows:

55

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTAudit Committee Report
CONTINUED

Carrying value of goodwill, 
intangible assets and 
investments
The Committee has reviewed 
management’s assessment of the 
recoverability of the Group’s goodwill 
and intangible assets at 31 December 
2022 and whether there is a need for any 
resulting impairment. The recoverable 
amount of goodwill has been determined 
through value-in-use calculations of each 
cash-generating unit (‘CGU’) based on 
Board approved forecasts for the first 
three years of the value-in-use calculation 
and applying a terminal growth rate of 
2.5%. Management’s assessment of the 
recoverability of the Group’s goodwill and 
intangible assets resulted in no impairment 
being recognised. 

The Committee paid particular attention 
to the judgements and assumptions 
used to forecast cash flows, particularly 
around revenue and Adjusted EBITDA 
growth rates. The Committee was satisfied 
that the forecasts reflect the CGUs’ 
historical budgeting performance and that 
reasonable sensitivities were performed, 
that the value-in-use calculation reflects 
management’s best estimate, and that 
the booking of no impairment against any 
CGU is appropriate. As a result, the Audit 
Committee was satisfied with the carrying 
value of goodwill and intangible assets in 
the Group’s balance sheet.

Further details on goodwill and the 
impairment testing are included in note 9 to 
the financial statements.

Going concern and viability
The Audit Committee received a report 
setting out the going concern review 
undertaken by management which forms 
the basis of the Board’s going concern 
conclusion. 

The Group performed well during 2022 
with organic growth in revenue and a 
37% increase in Adjusted profit before tax 
arising from tight control over the Group’s 
operating costs and operational leverage. 
The Group’s cash generation remained 
strong with positive Adjusted EBITDA 
resulting in an increase in net cash  to 
£16.0m at the end of 2022 (2021: £13.1m). 

The Committee has reviewed forecasts to 
cover the twelve months from signature 
date based on the Group’s three-year plan 
strategy with downside scenarios explored. 
The Committee has also taken into 
consideration the special dividends paid 
and recommended to be paid after the end 
of the year and the £10m revolving credit 
facility with NatWest. The Committee has 
concluded that the adoption of the going 
concern basis is appropriate. 

The Committee has also assessed the 
statement in relation to the longer-term 
viability of the Group and of the Group’s 
principal risks to viability, including 
reviewing the long-term financial 
projections for the period over which 
the statement is made, and reviewing 
qualitative and quantitative analysis and 
scenario testing prepared by management. 
The Committee concluded that the 
statement in relation to the longer-term 
viability of the Group in the Strategic Report 
is appropriate.

Adjusting items
Adjusting items in 2022 comprise the 
amortisation of acquired intangible 
assets, share-based payments, gain on 
remeasurement of the office lease and a 
lease termination payment relating to the 
office. The Committee is satisfied that it 
is appropriate to present these items as 
adjusting items on the basis that they assist 
the user in assessing the core operating 
performance of the Group. 

The Committee assesses the 
appropriateness of all alternative 
performance measures disclosed as 
adjusting and the impact these have on the 
presentation of the Group’s results and is 
satisfied that they do not inappropriately 
replace or obscure IFRS measures. Further 
details on adjusting items are included in 
notes 1(b) and 4 to the financial statements.

New accounting standards
No new accounting standards were 
introduced during the year. As a premium-
listed company, Centaur was already 
required to disclose climate-related 
financial disclosures in its 2021  
Annual Report.

Risk management
The Group’s management is responsible 
for the identification, assessment and 
management of risk and emerging risk, 
as well as for designing and operating the 
system of internal control as set out in the 
Strategic Report on pages 40 to 43. The 
Committee has assessed management’s 
identification of risk and concluded that 
appropriate mitigating actions are being 
taken. The auditor has also detailed certain 
risks in their report and set out the work 
performed to satisfy themselves that 
these have been properly reflected in the 
financial statements. The Committee has 
worked closely with management and 
received detailed information to assess the 
effectiveness of internal financial control 
and risk assessment and management 
systems, and report on them to the Board 
(which retains ultimate responsibility). 
Details of financial risks are set out in 
note 25.

Having monitored the Group’s risk 
management and internal control system, 
and having reviewed the effectiveness 
of material controls, including financial, 
operational and compliance controls, the 
Committee confirms on behalf of the Board 
that it has not identified any significant 
control failings or weaknesses at any time 
during the year and to the date of this 
report.

Risk of fraud 
The Committee considered the risk 
of fraudulent financial reporting in the 
business and through its review of the 
effectiveness of internal controls and 
reporting from management has concluded 
that adequate controls were in place during 
the year.

Whistleblowing
The Committee reviewed the Group’s 
whistleblowing policy and is satisfied that 
this has met FCA rules and good standards 
of corporate governance. Further details of 
the whistleblowing policy are set out within 
the Directors’ Statement on Corporate 
Governance on page 54.

1  Net cash is the total of cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits.

56

www.centaurmedia.comInternal audit
The Committee considered whether it was 
appropriate to appoint internal auditors 
and concluded that this is not currently 
required given the size of the business, its 
relatively centralised operations and the 
risks identified together with the mitigating 
controls. During the year the CFO provides 
a report on the significant internal controls 
operating within the business and 
notes any weaknesses identified during 
the period together with appropriate 
mitigations. In addition, the external auditor 
as part of the audit procedures considers 
and evaluates the adequacy of the Group’s 
systems and controls relevant to the 
financial statements. The auditor reviews 
the key cycle processes and assesses the 
design and implementation of controls. 
Any weaknesses arising from this review 
are reported to management who identify 
solutions or mitigations. The associated 
weakness and recommendations are 
discussed with the Audit Committee 
to ensure that appropriate actions are 
undertaken in order to deliver a satisfactory 
resolution.

External audit
The Group’s external auditor is Crowe U.K. 
LLP (Crowe) who were appointed as auditor 
in November 2020 following a competitive 
tender. The Committee monitors the 
external audit process to ensure high 
standards of quality and effectiveness. 

This was assessed throughout the year 
using a number of measures, including:

•  Reviewing the quality and scope of 
planning of the audit and the level 
of fees;

•  Monitoring the independence and 
transparency of the audit; and

•  Obtaining feedback from management 

and the Directors on the quality 
of the audit team, their business 
understanding and audit approach, and 
approving reappointment.

The Audit Committee has considered 
the independence and objectivity of the 
external auditor through a careful review of 
their terms of engagement, scope of work 
and level of fees (which are shown in note 
3 to the financial statements). 

The external auditor is excluded from 
providing any non-audit services that 
individually, or in aggregate, may impair the 
independence of the auditor. Prior approval 
from the Audit Committee is required 
for any permitted audit-related or other 
services in accordance with the regulations.

During the year, Crowe provided no 
services to the Group other than audit and 
audit-related (interim review) services.

The external auditor’s report to the 
Directors and the Audit Committee 
also confirmed their independence in 
accordance with auditing standards and the 
Committee concurred. Should non-audit 
services be required in the forthcoming 
year, we are likely to use suppliers other 
than Crowe.

Self-assessment
During the period the Audit Committee 
performed a formal, questionnaire based 
self-assessment, the results of which 
confirmed that the Committee continued to 
function effectively.

Report to the Board
The Board has requested the Committee 
to confirm that in its opinion the Board 
can make the required statement that 
the Annual Report taken as a whole is 
fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Company’s 
position and performance, business model 
and strategy. The Committee has given 
this confirmation on the basis of its review 
of the whole Annual Report, underpinned 
by involvement in the planning for its 
preparation, review of the processes to 
ensure the accuracy of factual content 
and by assurances from the Remuneration 
Committee.

Independent auditor
A resolution is to be proposed at the 
Annual General Meeting for the re-
appointment of Crowe as auditor of the 
Company.

Leslie-Ann Reed 
Chair of the Audit Committee 

14 March 2023

57

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORT 
 
Nomination Committee Report

Dear Shareholder,
I am pleased to present the 
report of the Nomination 
Committee for the year 
ended 31 December  
2022. This report details  
the Committee’s 
responsibilities and key 
activities over the period. 

The Committee comprises myself and 
the three independent Non-Executive 
Directors, William Eccleshare (Senior 
Independent Director), Carol Hosey and 
Leslie-Ann Reed. 

The appointment of Directors is a matter 
for the Board, which considers the 
recommendations of the Nomination 
Committee. In May 2022 following 
discussion with the Company’s largest 
shareholders, Richard Staveley was 
appointed as a non-independent Non-

Executive Director. Richard is regarded 
as non-independent as he represents 
the interests of Harwood Capital LLP and 
Rockwood Strategic Plc which together 
hold 29.9% of the Company’s shares.

Nomination Committee 
responsibilities
The Committee’s key responsibilities 
include:

•  Reviewing the Board’s structure, size, 

composition and diversity;

•  Reviewing the composition of Board 

Committees;

•  Defining the role and competencies 

required for appointments to the Board;

•  Managing succession planning for 

all members of the Board and senior 
management team;

• 

Identifying, nominating and reviewing 
candidates for appointment to the 
Board; and

•  Reviewing the leadership needs of the 
organisation, including Executive and 
Non-Executive Directors as well as 
senior management.

Activities during the year
The main areas of focus for the Committee 
during the year were a continued review of 
succession planning and the consideration 
of Board and Executive Committee 
appointments including:

•  A separate meeting dedicated to 
succession planning for senior 
management roles;

•  The appointment of Richard Staveley 
as a non-independent Non-Executive 
Director; and

•  The internal appointment of Ian Baldwin, 

Chief Technology Officer, to the 
Executive Committee.

Diversity
In anticipation of the new requirement set out in Listing Rule 9.8.6R(10), the gender identity of the Board and the Executive Committee at 
31 December 2022 and the date of this report is as follows:

Men
Women

Board members

Percentage 
of Board1

Number of 
senior positions 
on Board

Executive 
Committee 
members

Percentage 
of Executive 
Committee2

5
2

71%
29%

4
–

4
2

67%
33%

1  Following the appointment of Richard Staveley in May 2022, female representation on the Board has reduced from 33% to 29%.

2  Following the internal promotion of Ian Baldwin to the Executive Committee in November 2022, female representation on Exco has reduced from 40% to 33%.

The ethnic background of the Board and the Executive Committee at 31 December 2022 and the date of this report is as follows:

White British
Asian British

Board members

Percentage 
of Board

Number of 
senior positions 
on Board

Executive 
Committee 
members

Percentage 
of Executive 
Committee

6
1

86%
14%

3
1

5
1

83%
17%

The Committee is committed that in due course, when any of the senior Directors retires from the Board, it will look to appoint a Director 
that fulfils the targets set out in Listing Rule 9.8.6R(9) on diversity into one of the senior positions of Chair, Senior Independent Director, 
CEO or CFO.

DICE continues to play an integral role in supporting engagement with our workforce on Diversity, Inclusion, Culture and Engagement.

Our policy on Board diversity is set out in the Directors’ Report above and further details of diversity/gender in the Company are set out in 
the Environmental, Social and Governance Statement on page 38.

Colin Jones 
Chair of the Nomination Committee 

14 March 2023

58

www.centaurmedia.com 
 
 
Remuneration Committee Report

Dear Shareholder,
On behalf of the Board,  
I am pleased to present the 
Directors’ Remuneration 
Report for the year ended  
31 December 2022. 

This report is in three parts: (i) this Annual 
Statement; (ii) the Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy report, which sets out the 
Remuneration Policy approved  
by shareholders at the AGM held on  
11 May 2022; and (iii) the Annual Report on 
Remuneration. 

2022 has continued to be a challenging 
year as a whole with war breaking out in 
Ukraine, high inflation and three Prime 
Ministers for the UK, demonstrating some 
of the turmoil. The impacts to the economy 
and the cost-of-living for employees have 
been significant and will take considerable 
time to remedy.  

Centaur has supported employees with 
these cost-of-living challenges by making 
exceptional pay increases of between 2% 
and 6% to all employees earning £40,000 
or less, from 1 October 2022. This was in 
addition to the average 4% pay rise across 
the Group on 1 April 2022 and the payment 
of a £750 bonus to all employees in March 
2022 relating to 2021. The October pay 
rise had a positive enduring impact for 
50% of our employees and was very well 
received by all employees.

In addition, Centaur has supported 
employees with a range of actions to 
assist them in managing their own financial 
wellbeing, including:

•  The provision of a Financial Education 
package including webinars delivered 
by a Certified Financial Coach covering 
a range of topics including budgeting, 
money management and dealing 
with debt; 

•  The launch of a Financial 

Wellbeing App; 

•  Bi-monthly emails offering money saving 

and money management tips; and

•  Regular communications on salary 
sacrifice schemes, government 
childcare tax free scheme, Benefit 
Hub savings and other practical hints 
and tips.

Performance of the Group over this last 
year shows a change in behaviour amongst 
our clients; greater time and consideration 
is being given to contracts and their 
expenditure and Centaur is responding 
to this change in dynamics to ensure it is 
equipped to meet these future challenges.  
Whilst it has been challenging, we have 
seen a positive financial performance in 
2022 and this will be reflected in the 2022 
annual bonus and 2020 LTIP award vesting 
levels as detailed below.

Committee membership 
and work of the Committee 
during the year
During the year, Centaur’s Remuneration 
Committee comprised myself, Colin Jones, 
William Eccleshare and Leslie-Ann Reed. 
The Committee had three scheduled 
meetings during 2022 and met one further 
time. The main Committee activities during 
the year (full details of which are set out 
in the relevant sections of this report) 
included:

•  Agreeing Executive Director base salary 

levels from 1 April 2022;

•  Agreeing the performance against the 
targets for the 2021 annual bonus;

•  Agreeing the targets for the 2022 

annual bonus plan;

•  Agreeing the award levels and 

performance targets for the 2022  
LTIP awards;

•  Reviewing the Company’s share dilution 

capacity for LTIP awards;

•  Reviewing and setting remuneration for 
the Directors and Executive Committee;

•  Reviewing workforce remuneration and 
alignment of workforce incentives and 
rewards; and

•  Reviewing gender pay numbers and 
disclosures and the CEO Pay Ratio 
requirements.

In addition, the Committee has considered 
how the Policy and practices are consistent 
with the six factors set out in Provision 40 
of the UK Corporate Governance Code:

•  Clarity  

Our Policy (approved by shareholders 
in 2022) is understood by our senior 
executive team and has been clearly 
articulated to our shareholders and 
representative bodies (both on an 
ongoing basis and when changes are 
proposed).

•  Simplicity 

The Committee is mindful of the 
need to avoid overly complex 
remuneration structures which can be 
misunderstood and deliver unintended 
outcomes. Therefore, a key objective 
of the Committee is to ensure that 
our executive remuneration policies 
and practices are straightforward to 
communicate and operate.

•  Risk 

Our Policy has been designed to 
ensure that inappropriate risk-taking is 
discouraged and will not be rewarded 
via: (i) the balanced use of annual and 
long-term pay with a blend of financial, 
non-financial and shareholder return 
targets; (ii) the significant role played 
by equity in our incentive plans; and (iii) 
malus/clawback provisions.

•  Predictability 

Our incentive plans are subject to 
individual caps and our share plans 
are subject to market standard dilution 
limits.

•  Proportionality 

There is a clear link between individual 
awards, delivery of strategy and 
long-term performance. In addition, 
the significant role played by 
incentive/‘at-risk’ pay, together with the 
structure of the Executive Directors’ 
service contracts, ensures that poor 
performance is not rewarded.

•  Alignment to culture 

Our executive pay policies are aligned 
to our culture through the use of metrics 
in our incentive plans.

59

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTRemuneration Committee Report
CONTINUED

Performance and Reward in 
respect of 2022
The Group saw good year on year growth 
in revenue, profit and cash performance. 
We delivered £41.6m of revenue and the 
Group's Adjusted EBITDA performance for 
the year generated a margin of over 20% 
reflecting the high-quality revenue streams 
and the operational leverage inherent 
within the Group. While macroeconomic 
conditions and inflationary pressures 
resulted in growth slowing in the year, the 
performance in 2022 demonstrates the 
Group's overall resilience as it continues 
to make progress into the final year of its 
Margin Acceleration Plan 2023.

Reflecting this performance, the annual 
bonus awards for 2022 were 69.7% of 
salary (69.7% of max) for Swagatam Mukerji 
and 68.0% of salary (68.0% of max) for 
Simon Longfield as a result of Adjusted 
EBITDA performance being between 
the threshold and maximum, revenue 
performance being below threshold 
and the partial achievement of personal 
objectives.

In relation to the 2020 LTIP awards 
granted to both Swagatam Mukerji and 
Simon Longfield on 30 June 2020, the 
Adjusted EBITDA margin and Adjusted 
Basic EPS targets were achieved in full 
and TSR, the performance period for 
which runs to 30 June 2023, is currently 
in the upper quartile of the comparator 
group. As such, the 2020 LTIP is currently 
forecast to vest at 100%. Prior to vesting 
in June 2023, the Committee will consider 
the appropriateness of the vesting levels 
and values in light of the stakeholder 

experience. The Committee will also 
consider the extent to which there has 
been a windfall gain, although the 
Committee has already sought to address 
this risk given award levels were reduced 
at the grant date from normal levels (from 
100% to 75% of salary).  

Further details of the annual bonus award 
and forecast vesting of the 2020 LTIP 
awards are presented in the Annual Report 
on Remuneration.

Implementing the 
Remuneration Policy  
for 2023
•  The base salaries of the Executive 
Directors are expected to increase 
on 1 April 2023 by 5% in line with the 
proposed general workforce increases 
of 5% albeit in addition to this, cost of 
living increases of between 2% and 6% 
were awarded to all employees earning 
£40,000 or less (circa 50% of the 
employee population) from 1 October 
2022. This will take Swagatam Mukerji’s 
salary from £336,200 to £353,000 and 
Simon Longfield’s salary from £200,000 
to £210,000. 

•  Simon Longfield will continue to receive 

a pension allowance equivalent to 
5% of salary, in line with the pension 
arrangements for the general workforce. 
Swagatam Mukerji will receive a 
pension allowance equivalent to 8% of 
salary (reducing by 1% of salary each 
year such that it will be 5% of salary 
from 1 January 2026). 

•  The maximum annual bonus for 

Executive Directors will continue to be 
set at 100% of salary. The majority of 
bonus potential (80%) will be measured 
against financial-based targets with a 
minority (20%) based on strategic and 
personal objectives that incorporates 
ESG objectives including one related 
to climate. Any annual bonus greater 
than 75% of salary will be awarded in 
Centaur Media Plc shares and deferred 
for three years.

•  LTIP awards are expected to be granted 

on a basis consistent with awards 
granted in prior years in terms of grant 
levels (100% of salary). Performance 
targets are expected to be based one-
third on Adjusted EBITDA performance, 
one-third on Adjusted Basic EPS and 
one-third on relative TSR.

Shareholder consultation 
and AGM approvals
At the 2023 AGM, there will be an advisory 
resolution on the Annual Statement and 
Annual Report on Remuneration for the 
year ended 31 December 2022. I hope we 
continue to receive your support.

Carol Hosey 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 

14 March 2023

60

www.centaurmedia.com 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy

The Directors’ Remuneration Policy (Policy) 
approved by shareholders at the  
11 May 2022 AGM is set out below. 

Policy scope
The Policy applies to the Chair, Executive 
Directors and Non-Executive Directors.

Policy duration
The current Remuneration Policy was 
passed by a binding shareholder vote at 
the Company’s AGM held on 11 May 2022 
and became effective from the date of that 
meeting. The policy takes into account the 
provisions of the UK Corporate Governance 
Code which became effective from 1 
January 2019, and other good practice 
guidelines from institutional shareholder 
and shareholder bodies. The Committee’s 
current intention is that the Policy will be 
operated for the three years until the 2025 
AGM. All payments to Directors during the 
policy period will be consistent with the 
approved policy.

Overview of  
Remuneration Policy
Centaur recognises the need to attract, 
retain and incentivise executives with the 
appropriate skills and talent to manage and 
develop the Group’s businesses, drive the 
Group’s strategy and deliver shareholder 
value. The main principles of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy are:

•  To achieve total remuneration packages 
that are competitive in the sector within 
which the Group operates and with the 
market in general; 

•  To provide an appropriate balance 

between fixed and variable 
remuneration which rewards high levels 
of performance whilst managing risk to 
the business; and 

•  To incentivise and retain management 

and to align their interests with those of 
shareholders.

Considerations of 
employment conditions 
elsewhere in the Group
The Committee considers the base salary 
increases and remuneration policies and 
practice more generally for all employees 
when determining the annual salary 
increases and remuneration policy for the 
Executive Directors. Employees are given 
the opportunity to provide feedback to 
management and the Board throughout 
the year on various matters, including 
the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, via 
a number of different communication 
channels that have been established at the 
Company. 

Consideration of 
shareholder views
The Committee considers shareholder 
feedback received in relation to the 
Annual Report and AGM each year. This 
feedback, plus any additional feedback 
received during the course of the year, is 
then considered as part of the Company’s 
annual review of its Remuneration Policy. 
In addition, the Committee will seek to 
engage directly with major shareholders 
and their representative bodies should any 
material changes be made to the Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy. Details of votes for 
and against the resolution to approve last 
year’s Remuneration Report and the 2022 
Remuneration Policy are set out in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration. 

Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy
The table below sets out the Remuneration 
Policy approved by shareholders at the 
AGM held on 11 May 2022.  

Note that payments may be made under 
arrangements in place under a previous 
policy (including pension, other benefits 
and incentives). 

The remuneration offered to employees of 
the Group will be adapted to reflect local 
market practice and seniority.

61

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTPerformance 
targets and recovery 
provisions

Not applicable

Directors’ Remuneration Policy
CONTINUED

Element

Base salary

Purpose and link to 
strategy

Operation

Maximum

Reflects the value of the 
individual and their role

Reviewed annually, 
normally effective 1 April

Reflects skills and 
experience over time

Provides an appropriate 
level of basic fixed income 
avoiding excessive risk 
arising from over reliance 
on variable income

Paid in cash on a 
monthly basis 

Pensionable

Benchmarked against 
companies with similar 
characteristics and sector 
comparators

The Committee has not 
set a maximum level of 
salary. Increases will be 
set in the context of salary 
increases amongst the 
wider work force

The Committee retains 
the discretion to make 
increases above this level 
in certain circumstances, 
for example, but not 
limited to:

•  An increase in the 

individual’s scope and 
responsibilities

•  Alignment to the 
external market

•  An increase to 

reflect an individual’s 
performance and 
development in the 
role, e.g. where a 
new appointment is 
recruited at a lower 
salary level and is 
awarded stepped 
increases

Annual bonus

Incentivises annual 
delivery of financial and 
strategic goals

Maximum bonus only 
payable for achieving 
demanding targets

Targets reviewed annually

100% of salary

Not pensionable

Deferral of any bonus over 
75% of base salary into 
shares for three years

Dividend equivalents may 
be payable on deferred 
share awards

Normally measured 
over a one-year 
performance period

Primarily based on 
Group’s annual financial 
performance (majority) 

Personal and/or strategic 
objectives (minority)

Malus and clawback 
provisions apply

62

www.centaurmedia.comElement

Long term 
incentives

Purpose and link to 
strategy

Aligns to main strategic 
objectives of delivering 
profit growth and 
shareholder return

Operation

Maximum

Awards capped at 
100% of salary (200% in 
exceptional circumstances)

Annual grant of conditional 
awards or nil cost options 

A two-year holding period 
post vesting applies 
for LTIPs granted after 
May 2019

Dividend equivalents may 
be payable on shares to 
the extent awards vest

Pension

Provides competitive 
retirement benefits

Provides an opportunity 
for Executive Directors to 
contribute to their own 
retirement plan

Defined contributions 
made to the Executive 
Director’s own pension 
plan. Cash alternatives 
may also be paid in full or 
in part

Workforce aligned for 
the CFO and any new 
Executive Director. The 
CEO’s pension provision 
will be workforce aligned 
by 1 January 2026

Performance 
targets and recovery 
provisions

Normally a three-year 
performance period

Performance is based 
on financial and/or 
share price-based 
and/or strategic/ESG 
measures (e.g. EPS and 
relative TSR)

The Committee may 
alter the weighting and 
targets for each grant 
annually if it determines 
that it is appropriate 
to do so

Awards vest as follows:

•  Threshold 

performance: up to 
25% of award

•  Maximum 

performance: up to 
100% of award

•  Malus and clawback 
provisions apply 

Not applicable

Other  
benefits

Aids retention and 
recruitment

Executive Directors are 
provided with private 
medical insurance

Other benefits including 
company car allowance 
and car parking may be 
provided if considered 
appropriate by the 
Committee

Not applicable

There is no maximum. 
Set at a level which the 
Committee considers is 
appropriate in the context 
of the circumstances of the 
role/individual and local 
market practice

63

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTDirectors’ Remuneration Policy
CONTINUED

Element

Share 
ownership

Purpose and link to 
strategy

To provide alignment 
of interests between 
Executive Directors and 
shareholders

Operation

Maximum

Performance 
targets and recovery 
provisions

In employment:

200% of salary

Not applicable

50% of the net of tax 
vested LTIP shares 
required to be retained 
until the guideline is met

Post employment:

100% of the in-employment 
guideline (or actual 
shareholding if lower) for 
two years post cessation 
of employment excluding: 
(i) own shares purchased; 
and (ii) shares vesting from 
any share award granted 
prior to the 2022 AGM

Notes

1  The Annual Report on Remuneration sets out how the Company implemented and applied the Policy presented above in 2022 and how it will apply the Policy in 2023.

2  Not all employees have a bonus opportunity. Below Executive Director level bonus opportunities are lower and participation in the LTIP is limited to Executive Directors and certain 
selected senior management. Other employees are eligible to participate in the Company’s all employee share plan. In general, these differences arise to ensure remuneration 
arrangements are competitive in the market, together with the fact that remuneration of the Executive Directors and senior executives typically has a greater emphasis on 
performance related pay. All bonus plans are discretionary. 

3  The choice of performance metrics applicable to the annual bonus plan reflect the Committee’s belief that any incentive compensation should be appropriately challenging and 

primarily tied to financial measures.

4  The EBITDA, EPS and TSR performance conditions applicable to the 2022 LTIP awards were selected by the Committee on the basis that they are consistent with rewarding the 

delivery of long-term returns to shareholders and the Group’s financial growth.

5  Executive Directors may participate in any all-employee share plan, in line with HMRC limits, and to the extent offered.

6  Post cessation guidelines will be operated on a self-certification basis during the two-year period post cessation. 

Malus and clawback
The current malus (prior to vesting) and clawback (within 3 years of vesting) triggers include misstatement of results, error and gross 
misconduct. In addition, reputational damage (or potential reputational damage, if it were made public) and insolvency event/corporate 
failure will also apply to the 2023 annual bonus (and any deferred bonus award granted in 2024 in respect of a 2023 bonus) and the 
2023 LTIP grant.

64

www.centaurmedia.comReward Scenarios 
Based on base salaries as at 1 April 2023, minimum, on-target (50% of incentive potential assumed) and maximum reward scenarios are 
shown below. In addition, the maximum scenario assuming a 50% share price growth is also shown.

£1,269

14%

£1,092

32%

28%

32%

28%

£739

24%

24%

£386

£1,250

£1,000

£750

£500

£250

£748

14%

£643

33%

28%

33%

28%

£433

24%

24%

£223

100%

52%

35%

30%

100%

52%

34%

30%

£0

Mimimum

On-target Maximum Maximum
with share
price growth

Mimimum On-target Maximum Maximum
with share
price growth

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Fixed pay     

Annual bonus     

Long-term incentive     

Share price growth

Approach to recruitment 
and promotions
The remuneration package for a 
new Executive Director would be 
set in accordance with the terms of 
the Company’s prevailing approved 
remuneration policy at the time of 
appointment and would take into account 
the skills and experience of the individual, 
the market rate for a candidate of that 
experience and the importance of securing 
the relevant individual. 

On recruitment, salary may (but need 
not necessarily) be set below the normal 
market rate, with phased increases as 
the executive gains experience. Pension 
provision will be aligned to that provided 
to the general workforce. Incentive awards 
would be no more than set out in the Policy 
table above. In addition, on recruitment the 
Company may compensate for amounts 
foregone from a previous employer (using 
Listing Rule 9.4.2 if necessary) taking into 
account the quantum foregone and, as far 
as reasonably practicable, the extent to 
which performance conditions apply, the 
form of award and the time left to vesting.

For an internal promotion, any variable 
pay element awarded in respect of the 
prior role would be allowed to pay out 

according to its terms. Any other ongoing 
remuneration obligations existing prior to 
appointment may continue, provided that 
they are put to shareholders for approval at 
the earliest opportunity.

The Committee may agree that the 
Company will meet relocation, legal fees or 
incidental costs where appropriate.

Service contracts and loss 
of office payments
The current Executive Directors have 
service contracts which have a 12-month 
notice period, dated 21 September 2016 for 
Swagatam Mukerji and 6 November 2019 
for Simon Longfield. In respect of these 
service contracts, at the Board’s discretion, 
a payment in lieu of any unexpired notice 
may be paid, comprising an amount for 
base salary, pension and any accrued 
holiday entitlement. The amount may be 
paid in one lump sum or in two instalments 
and mitigation will be applied to the second 
instalment. If termination is within six 
months of a change of control, a payment 
equal to 12 months’ salary, pension and 
accrued holiday pay is payable. Where 
the Company terminates the contract in 
any other manner, any damages shall be 
calculated in accordance with common 
law principles including those relating to 

mitigation of loss. Notwithstanding the 
above, the Company is entitled to terminate 
employment without compensation, 
damages or payment in lieu of notice 
in specified circumstances (e.g. serious 
misconduct).

An annual incentive will normally be 
payable for the period of the financial year 
served, although it will normally be pro-
rated and paid at the normal pay-out date. 
Any share-based entitlements granted to 
an Executive Director under the Company’s 
share plans will be determined based on 
the relevant plan rules. However, in certain 
prescribed circumstances, such as death, 
disability, retirement or other circumstances 
at the discretion of the Committee, ‘good 
leaver’ status may be applied. For good 
leavers, awards will normally vest at the 
vesting date set out in the relevant award, 
subject to the satisfaction of the relevant 
performance conditions at the time and 
reduced pro-rata to reflect the proportion 
of the performance period actually served. 
However, the Committee has discretion to 
determine that awards vest at cessation of 
employment or to dis-apply time pro-rating.

In addition to the above, outplacement 
support may be provided and legal fees or 
any other minor incidental costs which are 
considered appropriate may be payable.

65

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTDirectors’ Remuneration Policy
CONTINUED

Remuneration Policy for the Chair and Non-Executive Directors
The Company Chair’s fee is determined by the Remuneration Committee (other than the Company Chair, if he sits on the Committee). The 
fees for the Non-Executive Directors are set by the Board, excluding the Non-Executive Directors. The table summarises the key aspects 
of the Remuneration Policy for the Chair and Non-Executive Directors:

Performance 
targets and recovery 
provisions

Not applicable

Element

Purpose and link to 
strategy

Operation

Maximum

Chair and 
Non-Executive 
Directors fees

Reflect time commitments 
and responsibilities of 
each role, in line with 
those provided by similarly 
sized companies

Cash fee normally paid on 
a monthly basis

Reimbursement of 
incidental expenses where 
appropriate

Reviewed periodically

An additional amount 
will be paid for chairing 
a Committee or being 
the Senior Independent 
Director

There is no prescribed 
maximum annual fee or 
fee increase

The Committee and Board 
are guided by the general 
increase in the Non-
Executive market, but may 
decide to award a lower 
or higher fee increase to 
recognise, for example, 
an increase in the scale, 
scope or responsibility of 
the role or take account 
of relevant market 
movements

Letters of appointment
The Chair and Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment with the Company, which are for an initial three-year period with the 
option for an extension for a further three-year period and provide for a notice period of three months. All of the current Non-Executive 
Directors have chosen to submit to annual re-election at each AGM.

Colin Jones 
William Eccleshare 
Carol Hosey 
Leslie-Ann Reed 
Richard Staveley

First appointed as  
a Director

1 September 2018
1 July 2016
5 February 2020
1 March 2020
16 May 2022

Current letter 
of appointment 
commencement date

1 September 2021
1 July 2022
5 February 2023
1 March 2023
16 May 2022

Current letter of 
appointment  
expiry date

1 September 2024
1 July 2025
5 February 2026
1 March 2026
16 May 2025 

Approach to fees on recruitment
For the appointment of a new Chair or Non-Executive Director, the fee will be set in accordance with the approved remuneration policy in 
force at that time.

66

www.centaurmedia.com 
Annual Report on Remuneration

A summary of how the Directors’ Remuneration Policy will be applied during the year ending 31 December 2023 is set out below. 

Base salary
The Executive Directors are expected to receive a 5% salary increase from 1 April 2023. This is consistent with the expected general 
workforce increase of 5% albeit in addition to this, cost of living increases of between 2% and 6% were awarded to all employees earning 
£40,000 or less (50% of the employee population) from 1 October 2022. 

The Executive Directors’ current and proposed salaries are as follows:

Swagatam Mukerji
Simon Longfield

From  
April 2023 
£

353,000
210,000

From  
April 2022 
£

336,190
200,000

%  
change

5
5

Pension and benefits
Simon Longfield will continue to receive a pension allowance equivalent to 5% of annual salary, in line with the pension arrangements for 
the general workforce. Swagatam Mukerji’s pension allowance will be equivalent to 8% of annual salary (reducing by 1% of salary each 
year such that it will be 5% of salary from 1 January 2026). 

Annual bonus for 2023
The maximum bonus for Executive Directors will continue to be set at 100% of salary. The majority (80%) of bonus potential will be 
measured against financial-based targets with a minority (20%) based on strategic and personal objectives. Any annual bonus greater 
than 75% of basic salary will be awarded in Centaur Media Plc shares and normally deferred for three years.

Long term incentives for 2023
LTIP awards will be granted to Executive Directors in 2023 as follows: 

•  One-third will be based on Adjusted EBITDA. The Adjusted EBITDA threshold and target will be set for the year ending 31 December 

2025 in line with the Company’s long-term business plan.

•  One-third will be based on Adjusted Basic EPS. The EPS threshold and target will also be set for the year ending 31 December 2025 in 

line with the Company’s long-term business plan.

•  One-third will be based on relative TSR measured against the constituents of the FTSE SmallCap (excluding investment trusts). 25% of 
this part of the award will vest for median TSR increasing pro-rata to 100% vesting for upper quartile TSR over the three years ending 
31 December 2025. In addition to the TSR performance condition, the Committee will need to be satisfied that the Company’s TSR 
performance reflects the underlying financial performance of the Company for this part of an award to vest.

The performance targets for the above awards, of which the Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EPS targets are derived from the 
performance envisaged under the Company’s long-term business plan, will be disclosed in next year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report, 
subject to any commercial sensitivity.

67

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORT 
Annual Report on Remuneration
CONTINUED

Fees for the Chair and Non-Executive Directors
The current and proposed annual fees for the Chair and the Non-Executive Directors from 1 April 2023 are as follows:

Colin Jones 
William Eccleshare2
Carol Hosey2 
Leslie-Ann Reed2 
Richard Staveley (appointed 16 May 2022)

1  Or date of appointment, if later.

From  
April 2023 
£

From  
April 20221 
£

%  
change

108,015
48,670
48,670
48,670 
43,260

103,000
46,350
46,350
46,350
41,200

5
5
5
5
5

2  The annual fees from 1 April 2023 include £5,410 for William Eccleshare for being the Senior Independent Director, £5,410 for Carol Hosey for chairing the Remuneration Committee 

and £5,410 for Leslie-Ann Reed for chairing the Audit Committee.

Remuneration received by Directors for the year (audited)
Directors’ remuneration for the years ended 31 December 2022 and 2021 was as follows:

Executive Directors
Swagatam Mukerji3 

Simon Longfield

Non-Executive Directors
Colin Jones

William Eccleshare4

Leslie-Ann Reed

Carol Hosey

Richard Staveley 
(appointed 16 May 2022)

Notes:

2022
2021

2022
2021

2022
2021

2022
2021

2022
2021

2022
2021

2022
2021

Salary  
and fees 
£

333,750
324,800

194,625
177,625

102,250
100,000

46,931
44,694

46,013
45,000

46,013
45,000

25,935
–

Benefits 
£

Bonus1 
£

Pension 
£

LTIP2 
£

Total 
£

Total 
Fixed 
£

Total 
Variable 
£

4,524
3,976

2,103
2,167

234,323
263,211

136,095
143,943

30,038
37,322

9,731
8,654

382,368
80,542

209,108
–

985,003
709,851

551,662
332,389

368,312
366,098

206,459
188,446

616,691
343,753

345,203
143,943

 –
–

 –
–

 –
–

 –
 –

–
–

 –
–

 –
–

 –
–

 –
 –

–
–

 –
–

 –
–

 –
–

 –
 –

–
–

 –
–

 –
–

 –
–

 –
 –

–
–

102,250
100,000

102,250
100,000

46,931
44,694

46,013
45,000

46,013
45,000

25,935
–

46,931
44,694

46,013
45,000

46,013
45,000

25,935
–

 –
–

 –
–

 –
–

 –
–

–
–

1  The 2022 bonus amounts relate to bonuses earned in 2022 and payable in 2023 including any deferred shares element.

2  The LTIP remuneration for 2022 is based on the number of shares estimated to vest for the 2020 LTIP awards for which the performance period is substantially complete as at year 
end and which will vest in June 2023 on completion of the TSR performance period. The LTIP remuneration for 2021 relates to the 2019 LTIP awards for which the performance 
period ended on 31 December 2021 and which vested in October 2022. The value of £80,542 is based on the share price of 40.0 pence per share at vesting and is lower than 
£110,947 stated in the 2021 Annual Report which was based on an estimate of the value at vesting as at 31 December 2021.

3  Swagatam Mukerji’s pension for 2021 includes an additional payment of £8,090 that was underpaid in 2019 and 2020 due to an administration error.

4  William Eccleshare’s 2022 fees include £1,021 relating to 2021 which was underpaid due to an administrative error. 

68

www.centaurmedia.com 
Annual bonus for the year (audited)
The 2022 bonus opportunity for the CEO and CFO was set at 100% of salary. The majority (80%) of bonus potential was measured against 
financial-based targets with a minority (20%) based on strategic and personal objectives.

The performance against the financial objectives for both the CEO and the CFO was as follows:

Measure 

Adjusted EBITDA
Revenue

Threshold  
value

£6.9m
£41.98m

Max  
value

Threshold 
opportunity

Max  
opportunity

£9.2m
£46.65m

30%
0%

60%
20%

Result 
value

£8.49m
£41.59m

Performance

Opportunity 
payable

69.1%
0%

50.7%
0%

The Committee reviewed and discussed the achievement against the personal objectives, as part of the year-end review process, for both 
the CEO and CFO, and the performance against the personal objectives, as determined by the Committee, was as follows:

Objective

Executive

Weighting

Assessment1

Performance

Opportunity 
payable 

Develop a 
strategic plan 
beyond MAP23

Steps that 
reinforce delivery 
of MAP23 

Continue culture 
transformation by 
further developing 
Social Criteria 
(“S” in ESG) within 
Centaur

Develop a 
succession plan for 
the Centaur Exco 
and CSG

Lead automation 
and efficiency 
change within 
finance to build a 
strong platform for 
future growth

CEO & CFO

25% each

Strategic plan delivered to 
Board in September.

CEO & CFO

25% each

CEO & CFO

25% each

CEO

25%

CFO

25%

MW Mini MBA 3rd course 
planned; Econsultancy LMS 
and The Lawyer new products 
launched; scope and investment 
case for data project to be 
implemented in 2023/24.

Culture workshops with Board 
run by the Chief People 
Officer; Kaizen programme 
initiated; restructuring of DICE 
carried out.

Succession plans for all key 
management presented to 
Board in June, followed by a 
more detailed Board discussion 
in October.

Internal teams working more 
efficiently, Salesforce upgraded, 
systems simplification continued 
and improved processes. 
Formalisation of certain KPIs to 
be enhanced.

100%

80%

100%

100%

67%

The aggregated 
performance is:

CEO: 95% of max

CFO: 86.8% of max 
and results in a 
bonus equivalent to:

CEO: 19.0% of salary

CFO: 17.3% of salary

1  A detailed assessment of the Executive Directors’ bonus objectives and performance against each was carried out by the Chair and discussed at the Remuneration Committee 

meeting on 6 February 2023. A summary of the key findings against each objective is shown above.

The above assessment against financial targets and strategic and personal objectives resulted in the following bonuses for 2022:

Executive

Swagatam Mukerji
Simon Longfield

Base salary 
£

336,190
200,000

Maximum 
opportunity (% 
of salary)

Performance 
outcome (% of 
maximum)

100%
100%

69.7%
68.0%

Bonus  
outcome 
£

234,323
136,095

Cash  
element  
£

Deferred  
shares element 
£

234,323
136,095

–
–

69

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTAnnual Report on Remuneration
CONTINUED

Vesting of 2020 LTIP awards
With respect to the LTIP awards granted to Executive Directors (Swagatam Mukerji and Simon Longfield) on 30 June 2020 which will vest 
on 30 June 2023, vesting is based on one-third Adjusted EBITDA margin, one-third on Adjusted Basic EPS for the three-year performance 
period to 31 December 2022 and one-third based on TSR for the period 1 July 2020 to 30 June 2023. A minimum holding period of 2 
years applies following vesting. Further details relating to these awards are provided in the table below:

Performance 
Condition

Adjusted 
EBITDA Margin

Weighting

Targets

Actual or  
estimated outcome

Proportion of 
award to vest

One-third

0% vesting below 16%

Over target 20.3%

100%

25% vesting at Threshold (16%)

100% vesting at Target (20%) 

Pro rata straight-line vesting between 
Threshold and Target

Adjusted Basic EPS One-third

0% vesting below 1.5 pence per share

Over target 2.7 pence 

100%

25% vesting at Threshold (1.5 pence 
per share)

100% at Target (2.5 pence per share)

Pro rata on a straight-line basis between 
Threshold and Target

Relative TSR vs 
FTSE SmallCap 
index (excluding 
investment trusts)

Total LTIP vesting

One-third

0% vesting below median

Upper quartile1

100%

25% vesting at median 

100% vesting at upper quartile

Straight-line vesting between median 
and upper quartile

100%

1  The TSR performance period is for the three years ending on 30 June 2023. Based on the period up to 31 December 2022, the performance is currently in the Upper Quartile.

The 2020 LTIP awards are therefore expected to vest as follows:

Director

Swagatam Mukerji
Simon Longfield

Number 
of shares 
under award

960,000
525,000

Vesting

100%
100%

Number of 
shares vesting

Value on award 
£

960,000
525,000

240,000
131,250

Value from 
share price 
increase1 
£

142,368
77,858

Value on 
vesting2,3  
£

382,368
209,108

1  Value from share price increase based on a 25 pence share price at the time of grant of the award in June 2020 to the three-month average share price to 31 December 2022 of 

39.83 pence. 

2  The value of shares on vesting is based on a three-month average share price to 31 December 2022 of 39.83 pence and will be restated next year based on the actual share price 

on the date of vesting (together with additional cash/shares awarded in respect of dividend equivalents).

3  As detailed in the Annual Statement, the Committee will review the appropriateness of the 2020 LTIP award values at the point of vesting.

Grant of LTIP awards in 2022
LTIP grants were made on 24 March 2022 to Swagatam Mukerji and Simon Longfield as follows:

Director

Award date

Number 
of shares 
under award

Swagatam Mukerji

24 March 2022

700,417

Simon Longfield

24 March 2022

416,667

Basis

100% of 
base salary
100% of 
base salary

Face value 
of award1

Performance 
conditions

Performance  
period

£336,200

See below

£200,000

See below

1 January 2022 to  
31 December 2024
1 January 2022 to  
31 December 2024

1  The share price used to calculate the face value of the award was the average share price for the 5 working days prior to the date of grant of 48 pence.

70

www.centaurmedia.comThe performance conditions for this award, including Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EPS targets derived from the Group’s three-year 
plan, are set out in three parts below:

Performance condition

Adjusted Basic EPS1

Weighting 

One-third

Adjusted EBITDA1

One-third

Measurement 
period

3 years to  
31 December  
2024

Targets

Threshold
Max
Between threshold and max

3 years to  
31 December  
2024

Threshold
Max
Between threshold and max

Relative TSR vs FTSE SmallCap 
index (excluding investment trusts) 
at 1 January 20222

One-third

3 years to  
31 December  
2024

Median
Upper Quartile
Between Median and  
Upper Quartile

% of shares which will  
vest if target achieved

25%
100%
Pro-rata on a straight-line basis 
between 25% and 100%
25%
100%
Pro-rata on a straight-line basis 
between 25% and 100%
25%
100%
Pro-rata on a straight-line basis 
between 25% and 100%

1  The performance targets for Adjusted Basic EPS and Adjusted EBITDA for the three years, derived from the Group’s three-year plan, are commercially sensitive and are not 
disclosed. They will remain commercially sensitive during the three-year period of performance until the calculation is performed and disclosed in the 2024 Annual Report. 

2  The TSR element will only vest if there has been sustained improvement in the Company’s underlying financial performance over the performance period. TSR is measured over the 

3-year period from 1 January 2022 to 31 December 2024.

Swagatam Mukerji purchased 3,902 shares during the period under the Share Incentive Plan. The Company matched these shares on a  
1 for 2 basis in accordance with the Plan rules, resulting in 1,951 matching shares being awarded in the year.

Grant of DSBP awards in 2022
Deferred Share Bonus Plan (DSBP) grants were made on 12 May 2022 to Swagatam Mukerji and Simon Longfield. Details of this award 
are set out below:

Director

Swagatam Mukerji
Simon Longfield

Award date

12 May 2022
12 May 2022

Number 
of shares 
under award

39,172
21,421

Price

47 pence
47 pence

Face value 
of award1

Performance 
conditions

Exercisable  
from

£18,411
£10,068

None
None

24 March 2025
24 March 2025

1  Equal to that part of the 2021 annual bonus award that was in excess of 75% of salary (as disclosed in the 2021 Annual Report).

Other than continued service, there are no vesting or performance conditions attached to this award.

Board changes and payments for loss of office (audited)
Richard Staveley was appointed to the Board as a Non-Executive Director on 16 May 2022. There were no other Board changes or 
payments for loss of office during 2022.

Payments to past Directors (audited)
Consistent with a long-standing arrangement, Graham Sherren, former Chief Executive Officer and Chair, was paid £3,000 during the year 
(2021: £3,000) for advisory services performed. No other payments to past Directors were made.

71

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTAnnual Report on Remuneration
CONTINUED

Directors’ shareholding and share interests (audited) 
The tables below set out details of Executive Directors’ outstanding share awards under the LTIP plan (which will vest in future years, 
subject to performance and continued service). Under each plan the exercise price is £nil.

At 31 
December 
 2021

Granted Exercised1 

Lapsed

At 31 
December 
 2022

Date 
of award

Performance  
period

Share price 
on date 
of grant

Exercise 

Swagatam Mukerji
2019
20202
2021
2022

758,293
960,000
826,329

2,544,622

–  201,355 556,938
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
– 700,417

–
960,000
826,329
700,417
700,417 201,355 556,938 2,486,746

03/10/19
30/06/20
25/03/21
24/03/22

01/01/20-30/06/23

01/01/19- 31/12/21 03/10/22- 02/04/23
30/06/23-31/12/23
01/01/21-31/12/23 25/03/24-24/09/24
01/01/22-31/12/24 24/03/25-23/09/25

Simon Longfield
20202
2021
2022

525,000
451,898

– 
–
– 416,667
976,898 416,667

–
 –
–
–

–
525,000 
 –
451,898
–
416,667
– 1,393,565

30/06/20 01/01/20- 30/06/23
 25/03/21
24/03/22

30/06/23- 31/12/23
01/01/21-31/12/23 25/03/24-24/09/24
01/01/22-31/12/24 24/03/25-23/09/25

1  2019 LTIPs were exercised in November 2022 at a share price of 40.0 pence.

2  2020 LTIPs expected to vest at 100% of the maximum in June 2023.

The table below sets out details of Executive Directors’ outstanding share awards under the DSBP.    

42.2p
25.0p
39.5p
48.0p

25.0p
 39.5p
48.0p

At 31 
December 
 2021

Granted Exercised1

Lapsed

At 31 
December 
 2022

Date 
of award

Performance  
period

Share price 
on date 
of grant

Exercise 

Swagatam Mukerji
2022

Simon Longfield
2022

–
–

–
–

39,172
39,172

21,421
21,421

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

39,172
39,172

21,421
21,421

12/05/22

N/A 24/03/25-23/09/25

47.0p

12/05/22

N/A 24/03/25-23/09/25

47.0p

The table below sets out the number of shares held or potentially held by Directors (including their connected persons where relevant).

Director 

Executive 
Swagatam Mukerji1
Simon Longfield 

Non-Executive
Colin Jones
William Eccleshare
Carol Hosey 
Leslie-Ann Reed 
Richard Staveley 

Interests in ordinary shares

31 December 
2021

31 December  
2022

403,448
72,769

140,000
–
–
–
–

660,656
72,769

140,000
–
–
–
–

Shareholding 
guideline 
achieved?2

Interests in share plans

LTIP 

DSBP

Total

2,486,746
1,393,565

39,172
21,421

3,186,574
1,487,755

–
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

140,000
–
–
–
–

No
No

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

1  571,582 interests in ordinary shares are held by Rina Mukerji.

2  See share ownership guideline in the Directors’ Remuneration Policy.

72

www.centaurmedia.comPerformance graph
The graph below shows the TSR of Centaur Media plc compared to the performance of the FTSE SmallCap index (excluding investment 
trusts) over the last ten and a half years. This comparator has been chosen on the basis that it is the index against which performance 
for the purpose of share awards made under the LTIP is assessed. Owing to the change to the financial year end in 2014, there was no 
financial year ended 30 June 2014 and, instead, TSR performance for the 18 months ended 31 December 2014 is shown.

The graph shows the value of £100 invested in Centaur Media plc on 1 July 2012 compared with the value of £100 invested in the FTSE 
SmallCap index (excluding investment trusts) at each financial period end.

Total Shareholder Return
Source: Refinitiv Datastream

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

30 June 
2012

30 June 
2013

31 Dec 
2014

31 Dec 
2015

31 Dec 
2016

31 Dec 
2017

31 Dec 
2018

31 Dec 
2019

31 Dec 
2020

31 Dec 
2021

31 Dec 
2022

Centaur Media

FTSE SmallCap (excluding Investment Trusts)

History of remuneration for the CEO
The table below sets out the CEO single figure of total remuneration over the past ten and a half years.

Period ended

31 December 2022
31 December 2021
31 December 2020
31 December 2019
31 December 2019
31 December 2018
31 December 2017
31 December 2016
31 December 2015
31 December 2014 (18-months) 
30 June 2013
30 June 2012

Total  
remuneration 
£

CEO

Annual bonus 
(% of max)

Long-term 
incentives 
(% of max)

Swagatam Mukerji
Swagatam Mukerji
Swagatam Mukerji
Swagatam Mukerji (from 4 September 2019)
Andria Vidler (until 30 September 2019)
Andria Vidler
Andria Vidler
Andria Vidler
Andria Vidler
Andria Vidler (from 14 November 2013) 
Geoff Wilmot
Geoff Wilmot

985,003
740,256
405,531
258,7431
975,4252
430,859
558,526
422,605
416,607
670,077
514,920
 363,3213

70
81
19
70
63
0
37
0
2
56
0
7

100
27
0
N/A
50
0
0
0
N/A
N/A
0
0

1  Based on salary and benefits for the period from 4 September 2019 to 31 December 2019 and a pro-rated portion of the 2019 IP relating to that period. Excludes the LTIP part of his 

remuneration on the basis that this related to his role as CFO.

2  Based on total remuneration including salary, benefits, 2019 IP and LTIP remuneration, but excluding £392,642 contractual notice payment.

3  Excludes £384,704 termination and contractual notice payment as detailed in the 2013 Report and Accounts.

73

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORTAnnual Report on Remuneration
CONTINUED

Change in remuneration of Directors and employees
The percentage change in remuneration between 2020, 2021 and 2022, excluding LTIP and pension contributions for the Directors and 
for the average of all other employees in the Group was as follows:

Executive Directors 
Swagatam Mukerji1,2,3
Simon Longfield1,2,3 

Non-Executive Directors
Colin Jones4
William Eccleshare4
Carol Hosey4
Leslie-Ann Reed 4
Richard Staveley5 
Employee population6

% change 2020 v 2019

% change 2021 v 2020

% change 2022 v 2021

Base  
salary

 Taxable 
benefits

Annual 
bonus 

Base  
salary

 Taxable 
benefits

Annual 
bonus 

Base  
salary

 Taxable 
benefits

Annual  
bonus

15% 
0% 

13%
(5%)
N/A
N/A
N/A
(11%)

6%
0% 

(85%) 
N/A  

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
(6%)

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
(71%)

2% 
2% 

5%
7%
15%
29%
N/A
9%

2% 
N/A 

325%
325% 

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
55%

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
274%

3%
10% 

2%
5%
2%
2%
N/A
(1%)

14%
(3%) 

(11%)
(5%) 

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
(13%)

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
(50%)

1  The increase in base salary in 2022 reflects the pay rise of 3% for Swagatam Mukerji and 12% for Simon Longfield on 1 April 2022. The average base salary reduction for employees 
reflects an average salary rise of 4% at 1 April 2022 and a further 1% average at 1 October 2022 resulting from a one-off cost of living salary rise for lower paid employees ranging 
from 2 to 6% of salary. These salary increases were offset by the change in mix in remuneration within the business and a reduction in salaries due to the introduction of salary 
sacrifice for the main pension scheme, with a corresponding increase in the pension costs.

2  The decrease in taxable benefits for the employee population in 2022 reflects the overall decrease in health insurance premiums across the Group, although the specific increase or 

decrease for the Executive Directors reflects the cost of health insurance related to their individual circumstances. 

3  The reduction in annual bonus for 2022 was less than the reduction for the employee population due to the relatively higher performance against the Adjusted EBITDA element 
of the annual bonus plan for Executive Directors compared to employees who had bonuses based on individual business unit performance. In addition, all employees received a 
discretionary bonus in 2021 which was not repeated in 2022.  

4  The Non-Executive Directors received an increase in annual fees of 3% as at 1 April 2022. The increase for William Eccleshare also includes £1,021 relating to 2021 which was 

underpaid due to an administrative error.

5  Richard Staveley was appointed on 16 May 2022, therefore no change in remuneration calculation is applicable. 

6  Calculated based on average remuneration for all employees in the Group (excluding discontinued operations).

CEO pay ratio
The tables below set out a comparison of the CEO total remuneration to the equivalent remuneration of the upper quartile, median and 
lower quartile UK employees:

Year

2022
2021
2020

Method

Option C1
Option C1
Option C1

25th %tile 
pay ratio

Median 
pay ratio

75th %tile 
pay ratio 

29:1
24:1
14:1

22:1
17:1
10:1

16:1
10:1
7:1

1  The Group has used Option C given that this method of calculation was considered to be the most efficient and robust approach in respect of gathering recent and readily 

available data for each year. The approach adopted is based on an annualisation of employee remuneration data in the final month of the relevant year end and is considered to be 
representative of the relevant quartiles. The total remuneration of the CEO has increased from 2020 to 2021 through to 2022 as a result of an increase in variable pay from bonuses 
and LTIPs and it is this increase in variable pay that has given rise to the upward trend on the quartile pay ratios.

Salary

Total remuneration

25th %tile

£31,200  
£30,000  

Median

75th %tile

25th %tile

Median

75th %tile

£40,740  
£39,000

£54,660  
£55,661

£33,852  
£31,500

£44,100  
£43,050

£62,843  
£77,070

Year

2022
2021

74

www.centaurmedia.com 
Relative importance of the spend on pay
The following table sets out the percentage change in distributions to shareholders and employee remuneration costs. 

Employee remuneration costs
Dividends paid and share repurchases

2022

£19.0m
£1.4m 

2021

% Change

£19.3m
£1.4m 

(1.6)%
0%

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee is responsible for monitoring, reviewing and making recommendations to the Board at least annually on 
the broad policy for the remuneration of the Executive Directors, the Chair, Company Secretary and management tier below the Board. 
It also determines their individual remuneration packages, including pension arrangements, bonuses and all incentive schemes and the 
determination of targets for any performance-related pay schemes operated by the Group. In addition, the Committee reviews pay and 
conditions across the workforce and takes this into account when considering executive remuneration. Minutes of Committee meetings 
are circulated to the Board once they have been approved by the Committee.

External advisors
The Remuneration Committee has access to independent advice where it considers it appropriate. During the year, the Committee 
sought advice relating to executive remuneration from FIT Remuneration Consultants (‘FIT’), who were appointed by the Committee. The 
Committee is satisfied that the advice received from FIT in relation to executive remuneration matters during the year under review was 
objective and independent. FIT is a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and abides by the Remuneration Consultants Group 
Code of Conduct. The fees charged by FIT for the year, based on time and materials, amounted to £17,911 ex VAT.

Statement of shareholder voting
The voting results for the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and Directors’ Remuneration Report were as follows:

Resolution

Approval of Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy in 2022

Approval of Directors’ Remuneration 
Report in 2022

Number of votes 
 for (and percentage  
of votes cast)

Number of votes against  
(and percentage  
of votes cast)

106,932,094
(99.99%)
103,493,133
(96.78%)

1,500
(0.01%)
3,440,461
(3.22%)

Number of votes cast Number of votes withheld 

106,933,594

106,933,594

25,000

25,000

Approval
The Board of Directors has approved this Remuneration Committee Report, including both the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and the 
Annual Report on Remuneration.

Signed on behalf of the Board of Directors

Carol Hosey 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 

14 March 2023

75

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comGOVERNANCE REPORT 
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in 
Respect of the Financial Statements

In the case of each Director in office at the 
date the Directors’ Report is approved:

•  So far as the Director is aware, there is 
no relevant audit information of which 
the Group and Company’s auditors are 
unaware; and

•  They have taken all the steps that they 
ought to have taken as a Director in 
order to make themselves aware of 
any relevant audit information and to 
establish that the Group and Company’s 
auditors are aware of that information. 

By order of the Board

Helen Silver 
Company Secretary 

14 March 2023

The Directors are 
responsible for preparing 
the Annual Report and 
the financial statements in 
accordance with applicable 
law and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to 
prepare financial statements for each 
financial year. Therefore, the Directors have 
prepared the Group financial statements in 
accordance with UK-adopted International 
Accounting Standards (IFRS) and Company 
financial statements in accordance with 
IFRS. Under company law the Directors 
must not approve the financial statements 
unless they are satisfied that they give a 
true and fair view of the state of affairs 
of the Group and Company and of the 
profit or loss of the Group and Company 
for that period. In preparing the financial 
statements, the Directors are required to:

•  Select suitable accounting policies and 

then apply them consistently;

•  State whether applicable IFRS have 

been followed for the Group financial 
statements and applicable IFRS have 
been followed for the Company financial 
statements, subject to any material 
departures disclosed and explained in 
the financial statements;

•  Make judgements and accounting 
estimates that are reasonable and 
prudent; and

•  Prepare the financial statements on 
the going concern basis unless it is 
inappropriate to presume that the Group 
and Company will continue in business.

The Directors are also responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the Group and 
Company and hence for taking reasonable 
steps for the prevention and detection of 
fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for keeping 
adequate accounting records that are 

sufficient to show and explain the Group 
and Company’s transactions and disclose 
with reasonable accuracy at any time 
the financial position of the Group and 
Company and enable them to ensure that 
the financial statements and the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report comply with the 
Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for 
the maintenance and integrity of the 
Company’s website. Legislation in the 
United Kingdom governing the preparation 
and dissemination of financial statements 
may differ from legislation in other 
jurisdictions.

Directors’ confirmations
The Directors consider that the annual 
report and accounts, taken as a whole, 
is fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group and 
Company’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy.

Each of the Directors, whose names and 
functions are listed in the Governance 
Report confirm that, to the best of their 
knowledge:

•  The Company financial statements, 

which have been prepared in 
accordance with UK-adopted IASs, 
give a true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities, financial position and result of 
the Company;

•  The Group financial statements, which 

have been prepared in accordance with 
UK-adopted IASs, give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial 
position and profit of the Group; and

•  The Directors’ Report includes a 

fair review of the development and 
performance of the business and the 
position of the Group and Company, 
together with a description of the 
principal risks and uncertainties that  
it faces. 

76

www.centaurmedia.com 
Independent Auditor’s Report
TO THE MEMBERS OF CENTAUR MEDIA PLC

Opinion
We have audited the financial statements 
of Centaur Media Plc (the “Company”) 
and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) for the 
year ended 31 December 2022 which 
comprise the Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income, Consolidated and 
Company statement of changes in equity, 
Consolidated and Company statement 
of financial position, Consolidated and 
Company cash flow statement and notes 
to the financial statements, including a 
summary of significant accounting policies. 
The financial reporting framework that 
has been applied in their preparation 
is applicable law and UK adopted 
international accounting standards.

In our opinion, the financial statements:

•  give a true and fair view of the state 
of the Group’s and of the Parent 
Company’s affairs as at 31 December 
2022 and of the Group’s profit for the 
year then ended;

Conclusions relating to 
going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we 
have concluded that the Director's use 
of the going concern basis of accounting 
in the preparation of the Group and 
parent Company financial statements 
is appropriate. Our evaluation of the 
Director’s assessment of the Group and 
parent Company’s ability to continue 
to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting included:

•  assessing the cash flow requirements 
of the Group over the duration of the 
viability statement based on budgets 
and forecasts;

•  understanding what forecast 

expenditure is committed and what 
could be considered discretionary;  

•  considering the liquidity of existing 
assets on the statement of financial 
position;

•  have been properly prepared 

•  considering the terms of the finance 

in accordance with UK adopted 
international accounting standards; and

facilities and the amount available for 
drawdown; and

•  have been prepared in accordance with 
the requirements of the Companies 
Act 2006.

•  considering potential downside 

scenarios and the resultant impact on 
available funds.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance 
with International Standards on Auditing 
(UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our 
responsibilities under those standards 
are further described in the Auditor’s 
responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report. We are 
independent of the Group in accordance 
with the ethical requirements that are 
relevant to our audit of the financial 
statements in the UK, including the FRC’s 
Ethical Standard as applied to listed public 
interest entities, and we have fulfilled our 
other ethical responsibilities in accordance 
with these requirements. We believe that 
the audit evidence we have obtained is 
sufficient and appropriate to provide a 
basis for our opinion.

Based on the work we have performed, 
we have not identified any material 
uncertainties relating to events or 
conditions that, individually or collectively, 
may cast significant doubt on the Group 
and Parent Company's ability to continue 
as a going concern for a period of at least 
twelve months from when the financial 
statements are authorised for issue.

In relation to the Group reporting on 
how they have applied the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, we have nothing 
material to add or draw attention to in 
relation to the Directors’ statement in 
the financial statements about whether 
the Director’s considered it appropriate 
to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities 
of the Directors with respect to going 
concern are described in the relevant 
sections of this report.

Overview of our audit 
approach

Materiality
In planning and performing our audit 
we applied the concept of materiality. 
An item is considered material if it could 
reasonably be expected to change the 
economic decisions of a user of the 
financial statements. We used the concept 
of materiality to both focus our testing and 
to evaluate the impact of misstatements 
identified.

Based on our professional judgement, 
we determined overall materiality for the 
Group financial statements as a whole to 
be £215,000 (2021: £200,000) based on 
a variety of performance based metrics 
including 5% of profit before taxation, 3%of 
adjusted EBITDA and 0.5% of revenue. 
Materiality for the parent Company financial 
statements as a whole was set at £160,000 
(2021: £140,000) based on a percentage of 
total assets.

We use a different level of materiality 
(‘performance materiality’) to determine 
the extent of our testing for the audit of 
the financial statements.  Performance 
materiality is set based on the audit 
materiality as adjusted for the judgements 
made as to the entity risk and our 
evaluation of the specific risk of each audit 
area having regard to the internal control 
environment. For the Group performance 
materiality was set at £150,000 (2021: 
£140,000) and £112,000 (2021: £105,000) 
for the parent Company.

Where considered appropriate 
performance materiality may be reduced 
to a lower level, such as, for related party 
transactions and Directors’ remuneration.

We agreed with the Audit Committee to 
report to it all identified errors in excess of 
£10,000 (2021: £10,000). Errors below that 
threshold would also be reported to it if, 
in our opinion as auditor, disclosure was 
required on qualitative grounds.

Overview of the scope of our audit
The scope of the audit work and the design 
of audit tests undertaken was solely for the 
purposes of forming an audit opinion on 
the consolidated financial statements of 
the Group. All entities included within the 
scope of the consolidation were included 
within the scope of our audit testing which 
was performed by the group audit team.

77

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTSIndependent Auditor’s Report
TO THE MEMBERS OF CENTAUR MEDIA PLC

Key Audit Matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements 
of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we 
identified. These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the 
audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. 

We identified going concern as a key audit matter and have detailed our response in the conclusions relating to going concern 
section above.

This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Key audit matter

How the scope of our audit responded to the key audit matter

Valuation of Goodwill and intangible assets (see note 9, note 10)

The Group has a significant balance of 
intangible assets at 31 December 2022 and 
there is a risk that they could be impaired.

The valuation of the recoverable amount of 
goodwill and other intangible assets has a 
high degree of estimation uncertainty, with 
a potential range of reasonably possible 
outcomes greater than our materiality for the 
financial statements as a whole.

There is significant judgement with regard 
to assumptions and estimates involved in 
forecasting future cash flows, which form the 
basis of the assessment of the recoverability 
of goodwill balances. These include forecast 
revenues, operating margin, long-term growth 
rates and the discount rate used.

The financial statements disclose the 
sensitivity estimated by the Group.

Our procedures included: 

•  Assessing the Group’s budgeting review and approval procedures upon which the 

cash flow forecasts are based.

•  Comparing the Group’s assumptions to externally derived data in relation to key 

inputs such as projected economic growth, market premium and discount rates. To 
challenge the reasonableness of the assumptions we also assessed the historical 
accuracy of the Group’s forecasting. 

•  Performing scenario-specific models including changes to, and breakeven analysis 

on, the discount rate, long-term growth rates and forecast cash flows.

•  Assessing whether the Group’s disclosures about the sensitivity of the outcome 
of the impairment assessment to changes in key assumptions reflected the risks 
inherent in the valuation of goodwill.

We found the resulting estimate of the recoverable amount of goodwill and intangible 
assets to be acceptable.

Valuation of Investments in the Parent Company (see note 12)

We consider the carrying value of investments 
in subsidiaries by the Parent Company and 
the risk over potential impairment to be a 
significant audit risk due to the inherent 
uncertainty involved in forecasting and 
discounting future cash flows, which are the 
basis of the assessment of recoverability. 

We consider the key inputs into the 
impairment model to be the approved 
business plans and assumptions for the 
growth and discount rates.

Revenue recognition (see note 2)

Revenue is recognised in accordance with 
the accounting policy set out in the financial 
statements. We focus on the risk of material 
misstatement in the recognition of revenue, 
as a result of both fraud and error, because 
revenue is material and is an important 
determinant of the Group’s profitability, which 
has a consequent impact on its share price 
performance.

Our procedures included: 

•  Assessing the Group’s budgeting review and approval procedures upon which the 

cash flow forecasts are based.

•  Comparing the Group’s assumptions to externally derived data in relation to key 

inputs such as projected economic growth, market premium and discount rates. To 
challenge the reasonableness of the assumptions we also assessed the historical 
accuracy of the Group’s forecasting. 

•  Performing scenario-specific models including changes to, and breakeven analysis 

on, the discount rate, long-term growth rates and forecast cash flows.

We found the resulting estimate of the recoverable amount of investments to  
be acceptable.

Our procedures included:

•  validating that revenue is recognised in accordance with the stated accounting 

policies in compliance with IFRS. 

•  ensuring that cut off was correctly applied across all revenue streams. 

•  validating a sample of revenue items to confirm revenue was being recognised in 

line with IFRS and ensuring the services were delivered within the period.  

•  assessing the adequacy of the Group’s disclosures related to revenue. 

We concluded that revenue was reasonably stated.

These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and 
we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

78

www.centaurmedia.comOther information
The other information comprises the 
information included in the annual report, 
other than the financial statements and 
our auditor’s report thereon. The directors 
are responsible for the other information. 
Our opinion on the financial statements 
does not cover the other information and, 
except to the extent otherwise explicitly 
stated in our report, we do not express any 
form of assurance conclusion thereon. In 
connection with our audit of the financial 
statements, our responsibility is to read 
the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether the other information is 
materially inconsistent with the financial 
statements or our knowledge obtained 
in the audit or otherwise appears to be 
materially misstated. If we identify such 
material inconsistencies or apparent 
material misstatements, we are required 
to determine whether there is a material 
misstatement in the financial statements 
or a material misstatement of the other 
information. If, based on the work we 
have performed, we conclude that there 
is a material misstatement of the other 
information, we are required to report 
that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Opinions on other 
matters prescribed by the 
Companies Act 2006
In our opinion the part of the Directors’ 
remuneration report to be audited has 
been properly prepared in accordance with 
the Companies Act 2006. 

In our opinion based on the work 
undertaken in the course of our audit: 

• 

• 

the information given in the strategic 
report and the Directors’ report for the 
financial year for which the financial 
statements are prepared is consistent 
with the financial statements and 
those reports have been prepared 
in accordance with applicable legal 
requirements;

the information about internal control 
and risk management systems in 
relation to financial reporting processes 
and about share capital structures, 
given in compliance with rules 7.2.5 
and 7.2.6 in the Disclosure Rules and 
Transparency Rules sourcebook made 
by the Financial Conduct Authority 

(the FCA Rules), is consistent with the 
financial statements and has been 
prepared in accordance with applicable 
legal requirements; and

• 

information about the Company’s 
corporate governance code and 
practices and about its administrative, 
management and supervisory bodies 
and their committees complies with 
rules 7.2.2, 7.2.3 and 7.2.7 of the 
FCA Rules.

Matters on which we 
are required to report by 
exception
In the light of the knowledge and 
understanding of the Group and the Parent 
Company and its environment obtained 
in the course of the audit, we have not 
identified material misstatements in:

• 

• 

the strategic report or the directors’ 
report; or

the information about internal control 
and risk management systems in 
relation to financial reporting processes 
and about share capital structures, 
given in compliance with rules 7.2.5 and 
7.2.6 of the FCA Rules.

We have nothing to report in respect of the 
following matters in relation to which the 
Companies Act 2006 requires us to report 
to you if, in our opinion:

•  adequate accounting records have not 
been kept by the Parent Company, or 
returns adequate for our audit have not 
been received from branches not visited 
by us; or

• 

the Parent Company financial 
statements and the part of the Directors’ 
remuneration report to be audited are 
not in agreement with the accounting 
records and returns; or

•  certain disclosures of Directors’ 

remuneration specified by law are not 
made; or

•  we have not received all the information 
and explanations we require for our 
audit; or

•  a corporate governance statement 

has not been prepared by the Parent 
Company.

Corporate governance 
statement
We have reviewed the Directors' statement 
in relation to going concern, longer-term 
viability and that part of the Corporate 
Governance Statement relating to the 
Parent Company's compliance with the 
provisions of the UK Corporate Governance 
Statement specified for our review by the 
Listing Rules.

Based on the work undertaken as part of 
our audit, we have concluded that each of 
the following elements of the Corporate 
Governance Statement is materially 
consistent with the financial statements or 
our knowledge obtained during the audit:

•  Directors' statement with regards the 

appropriateness of adopting the going 
concern basis of accounting and any 
material uncertainties identified on 
page 50;

•  Directors’ explanation as to its 

assessment of the group’s prospects, 
the period this assessment covers and 
why they period is appropriate set out 
on page 44;

•  Directors’ statement on whether it has a 
reasonable expectation that the group 
will be able to continue in operation and 
meet its liabilities set out on page 44;

•  Directors' statement on fair, balanced 

and understandable set out on page 76:

•  Board’s confirmation that it has 

carried out a robust assessment of the 
emerging and principal risks set out on 
pages 40 to 43;

•  The section of the annual report that 

describes the review of effectiveness of 
risk management and internal control 
systems set out on page 56 to 57; and

•  The section describing the work of 

the Audit Committee set out on pages 
55 to 58.

79

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTSIndependent Auditor’s Report
TO THE MEMBERS OF CENTAUR MEDIA PLC

Responsibilities of the 
Directors for the financial 
statements
As explained more fully in the Directors’ 
responsibilities statement set out on page 
76, the Directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the financial statements 
and for being satisfied that they give a true 
and fair view, and for such internal control 
as the Directors determine is necessary 
to enable the preparation of financial 
statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud 
or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the 
Directors are responsible for assessing 
the Group and parent Company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, 
as applicable, matters related to going 
concern and using the going concern basis 
of accounting unless the Directors either 
intend to liquidate the Group or parent 
Company or to cease operations, or have 
no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities 
for the audit of the financial 
statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable 
assurance about whether the financial 
statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s 
report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of 
assurance, but is not a guarantee that 
an audit conducted in accordance with 
ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements 
can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in 
the aggregate, they could reasonably 
be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of 
these financial statements.

Explanation as to what 
extent the audit was 
considered capable of 
detecting irregularities, 
including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are 
instances of non-compliance with laws and 
regulations. We design procedures in line 
with our responsibilities, outlined above, to 

80

detect material misstatements in respect 
of irregularities, including fraud. The extent 
to which our procedures are capable of 
detecting irregularities, including fraud, 
is detailed below however the primary 
responsibility for the prevention and 
detection of fraud lies with management 
and those charged with governance of the 
Company.

•  We obtained an understanding of 

carefully organised schemes designed to 
conceal it, including deliberate failure to 
record transactions, collusion or intentional 
misrepresentations being made to us.

A further description of our responsibilities 
for the audit of the financial statements 
is located on the Financial Reporting 
Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description 
forms part of our auditor’s report.

the legal and regulatory frameworks 
that are applicable to the Group and 
the procedures in place for ensuring 
compliance. The most significant 
identified were the Companies Act 2006, 
General Data Protection Regulations and 
the UK Corporate Governance Code. Our 
work included direct enquiry of Head 
of Legal, reviewing Board and relevant 
committee minutes and inspection of 
correspondence.

•  As part of our audit planning process
we assessed the different areas of 
the financial statements, including 
disclosures, for the risk of material 
misstatement. This included considering 
the risk of fraud where direct enquiries 
were made of management and those 
charged with governance concerning 
both whether they had any knowledge 
of actual or suspected fraud and their 
assessment of the susceptibility of 
fraud. We considered the risk was 
greater in areas involving significant 
management estimate or judgement. 
Based on this assessment we designed 
audit procedures to focus on the key 
areas of estimate or judgement, this 
included specific testing of journal 
transactions, both at the year end and 
throughout the year.

•  We used data analytic techniques to
identify any unusual transactions or 
unexpected relationships, including 
considering the risk of undisclosed 
related party transactions.

Owing to the inherent limitations of an 
audit, there is an unavoidable risk that some 
material misstatements of the financial 
statements may not be detected, even 
though the audit is properly planned and 
performed in accordance with the ISAs (UK).

The potential effects of inherent limitations 
are particularly significant in the case of 
misstatement resulting from fraud because 
fraud may involve sophisticated and 

Other matters which we are 
required to address
Following the recommendation of the 
audit committee, we were appointed in 
November 2020 to audit the financial 
statements for the year ending  
31 December 2020 and subsequent 
financial periods. The period of total 
uninterrupted engagement is three years, 
covering the years ending 31 December 
2020 to 2022 inclusive.

The non-audit services prohibited by the 
FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided 
to the Group or the Parent Company and 
we remain independent of the Company in 
conducting our audit.

Our audit opinion is consistent with the 
additional report to the audit committee.

Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Company's 
members, as a body, in accordance with 
Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken 
so that we might state to the Company's 
members those matters we are required 
to state to them in an auditor's report and 
for no other purpose. To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or 
assume responsibility to anyone other than 
the Company and the Company's members 
as a body, for our audit work, for this report, 
or for the opinions we have formed.

Matthew Stallabrass 
Senior Statutory Auditor 
For and on behalf of 
Crowe U.K. LLP 
Statutory Auditor 
55 Ludgate Hill 
London 
EC4M 7JW, UK 
14 March 2023

www.centaurmedia.comConsolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

Revenue 
Net operating expenses

Operating profit / (loss)
Finance income
Finance costs

Net finance costs
Profit / (loss) before tax
Taxation 

Adjusted
Results1
2022
£’000

41,593
(36,296)
5,297
85
(158)
(73)
5,224
(1,275) 

Adjusting
Items1
2022
£’000

–
(1,419)
(1,419)
–
–
–
(1,419)
270

Statutory
Results
2022
£’000

41,593
(37,715)
3,878
85
(158)
(73)
3,805
(1,005)

Adjusted
Results1
2021
£’000

39,080
(35,848)
3,232
1
(261)
(260)
2,972
(139)

Adjusting
Items1
2021
£’000

–
(1,611)
(1,611)
–
–
–
(1,611)
195

Note

2
3

6
6

7

Profit / (loss) for the year attributable to 
owners of the parent 
Total comprehensive income / (loss) 
attributable to owners of the parent

Earnings / (loss) per share attributable to 
owners of the parent
Basic 
Fully diluted 
1  Adjusted results exclude adjusting items, as detailed in note 1(b).

8

3,949 

(1,149)

2,800

2,833 

(1,416)

3,949 

(1,149)

2,800

2,833 

(1,416)

2.7p 
2.6p 

(0.8p)
(0.8p)

1.9p
1.8p

2.0p 
1.9p 

(1.0p)
(1.0p)

The notes on pages 88 to 120 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Statutory
Results
2021
£’000

39,080
(37,459)
1,621
1
(261)
(260)
1,361
56 

1,417

1,417

1.0p
0.9p

81

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTSRetained
earnings
£’000

35,977

1,417
–

(1,450)
–
(419)
–
118
35,643

Total
equity
£’000

47,170

1,417
(23)

(1,450)
(481)
–
357
118
47,108

166

–
(23)

–
–
–
–
–
143

–
1

2,800
–

2,800
1

–
–
–
–
–
–
144

(1,436)
–
(158)
14
–
233
37,096

(1,436)
(604)
–
–
724
233
48,826

80

–
–

–
–
–
–
–
80

–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
80

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

Attributable to owners of the Company

Own
shares
£’000

(5,902)

Share
premium
£’000

1,101

Reserve
for shares
to be
issued
£’000

607

Deferred
shares
£’000

Foreign 
currency 
reserve
£’000

At 1 January 2021
Profit for the year and total 
comprehensive income
Currency translation adjustment

Transactions with owners in 
their capacity as owners:
Dividends
Purchase of own shares
Exercise of share awards
Fair value of employee services
Tax on share-based payments

As at 31 December 2021

Profit for the year and total 
comprehensive income
Currency translation adjustment

Transactions with owners in 
their capacity as owners:
Dividends
Purchase of own shares
Exercise of share awards
Lapsed share awards
Fair value of employee services
Tax on share-based payments

As at 31 December 2022

Note

23
21
21,22
22
13

23
21
21,22
22
22
13

Share
capital
£’000

15,141

–
–

–
–
–
–
–
15,141

–
–

–
(481)
912
–
–
(5,471)

–
–

–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
15,141

–
(604)
212
–
–
–
(5,863)

–
–

–
–
–
–
–
1,101

–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
1,101

–
–

–
–
(493)
357
–
471

–
–

–
–
(54)
(14)
724
–
1,127

The notes on pages 88 to 120 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

82

www.centaurmedia.comCompany Statement of Changes in Equity
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

Attributable to owners of the Company

At 1 January 2021
Loss for the year and total 
comprehensive loss

Transactions with owners in their 
capacity as owners:
Dividends
Exercise of share awards
Fair value of employee services
Tax on share-based payments

As at 31 December 2021

Loss for the year and total 
comprehensive loss

Transactions with owners in their 
capacity as owners:
Dividends
Exercise of share awards
Lapsed share awards
Fair value of employee services
Tax on share-based payments

As at 31 December 2022

Note

Share
capital
£’000

15,141 

Own
shares
£’000

(4,135)

Reserve
for shares
to be
issued
£’000

Share
premium
£’000

Deferred
shares
£’000

Retained
earnings
£’000

Total
equity
£’000

1,101 

607 

80 

27,756

40,550

–

–

–

–

–

(2,325)

(2,325)

23
22
22
13

23
22
22
22
13

–
–
–
–
15,141 

–
–
–
–
(4,135)

–
–
–
–
1,101 

–
(493)
357
–
471 

–
–
–
–
80 

(1,450)
80
–
88
24,149

(1,450)
(413)
357
88
36,807

–

–

–

–

–

(4,619)

(4,619)

–
–
–
–
–
15,141 

–
–
–
–
–
(4,135)

–
–
–
–
–
1,101 

–
(54)
(14)
724
–
1,127 

–
–
–
–
–
80 

(1,436)
(27)
14
–
101
18,182

(1,436)
(81)
–
724
101
31,496

The notes on pages 88 to 120 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

83

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTSConsolidated Statement of Financial Position
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2021

Registered number 04948078

Non-current assets
Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Deferred tax assets
Other receivables

Current assets
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term deposits
Current tax assets

Total assets
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Lease liabilities
Deferred income

Net current assets / (liabilities)
Non-current liabilities
Lease liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities

Net assets

Capital and reserves attributable to owners of the Company
Share capital
Own shares
Share premium
Other reserves
Foreign currency reserve
Retained earnings

Total equity

31 December
2022
£’000

31 December
2021
£’000

Note

9
10
11
13
14

14
15
16
20

17
18
19

18
13

21

 41,162 
2,611 
387 
1,673 
27 
45,860 

5,357
7,501 
8,500
165
21,523 
67,383

(9,652)
–
(8,885)
(18,537)
2,986

–
(20)
(20)
48,826

15,141 
(5,863)
1,101 
1,207 
144 
37,096 
48,826

 41,162 
3,102 
2,484 
2,488 
319 
49,555 

6,059
13,065 
–
195
19,319 
68,874

(11,408)
(1,884)
(7,846)
(21,138)
(1,819)

(500)
(128)
(628)
47,108

15,141 
(5,471)
1,101 
551 
143 
35,643 
47,108

The financial statements on pages 81 to 120 were approved by the Board of Directors on 14 March 2023 and were signed on its behalf by:

Simon Longfield 
Chief Financial Officer

84

www.centaurmedia.comCompany Statement of Financial Position
AS AT 31 DECEMBER 2021

Registered number 04948078

Non-current assets
Investments
Deferred tax assets
Other receivables

Current assets
Trade and other receivables

Total assets
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables

Net current liabilities

Net assets

Capital and reserves attributable to owners of the Company
Share capital
Own shares
Share premium
Other reserves
Retained earnings

Total equity

31 December
2022
£’000

31 December
2021
£’000

Note

12
13
14

14

17

21

65,529 
375
1,225
67,129 

136 
136 
67,265

(35,769)
(35,769)
(35,633)

65,155 
190
1,197
66,542 

161 
161 
66,703

(29,896)
(29,896)
(29,735)

31,496

36,807

15,141 
(4,135)
1,101 
1,207
18,182 
31,496

15,141 
(4,135)
1,101 
551
24,149 
36,807

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption available under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and has not presented its 
own statement of comprehensive income in these financial statements. The Company’s loss for the year was £4,619,000 (2021: loss of 
£2,325,000). 

The financial statements on pages 81 to 120 were approved by the Board of Directors on 14 March 2023 and were signed on its behalf by:

Simon Longfield 
Chief Financial Officer

85

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTSConsolidated Cash Flow Statement
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations
Tax paid

Net cash generated from operating activities
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Purchase of intangible assets
Interest received
Investment in short-term deposits

Net cash flows used in investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities
Finance costs paid
Repayment of obligations under lease 
Termination of lease
Purchase of own shares
Dividends paid to Company’s shareholders
Loan arrangement fees

Net cash flows used in financing activities
Net (decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 
Effects of foreign currency exchange rate changes

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

The notes on pages 88 to 120 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

Note

24
7 

11
10
6
16

 6
18
18
21
23
24

15

2022
£’000

8,402
(30)
8,372 

(284)
(1,073)
63
(8,500)
(9,794)

(71)
(1,921)
(243)
(604)
(1,436)
–
(4,275)
(5,697)
13,065
133
7,501

2021
£’000

9,521 
–
9,521 

(51)
(706)
1
–
(756)

(88)
(2,036)
–
(306)
(1,448)
(107)
(3,985)
4,780
8,300
(15)
13,065

86

www.centaurmedia.comCompany Cash Flow Statement
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2022

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Finance costs paid
Dividends paid to Company’s shareholders 
Loan arrangement fees
Net cash flows used in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

The notes on pages 88 to 120 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Note

24

6
23
24

15

2022
£’000

1,507

(71)
(1,436)
–
(1,507)
–
–
–

2021
£’000

1,642

(87)
(1,448)
(107)
(1,642)
–
–
–

87

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements

1 Summary of significant accounting policies
The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these consolidated and Company financial statements are set out below. 
These policies have been consistently applied to all the periods presented, unless otherwise stated. The financial statements are for the 
Group consisting of Centaur Media Plc and its subsidiaries, and the Company, Centaur Media Plc. Centaur Media Plc is a public company 
limited by shares and incorporated in England and Wales.

(a) Basis of preparation
The consolidated and Company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting 
Standards (IFRS) and with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies reporting under those standards. The 
financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis except where stated otherwise within the accounting policies.

In preparing the Group financial statements management has considered the impact of climate change, taking into account the relevant 
disclosures in the Strategic Report, including those made in accordance with the recommendations of the Taskforce on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures. This included an assessment of assets with indefinite and long lives as well as impairment assessments of CGU’s 
(including forecasted cash flows), and how they could be impacted by measures taken to address global warming. Recognising that the 
environmental impact of the Group’s operations, and the use of the Group’s services, is relatively low, no issues were identified that would 
impact the carrying values of such assets or have any other impact on the financial statements.

Going concern
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. The Directors have carefully assessed the Group’s ability to 
continue trading and have a reasonable expectation that the Group and Company have adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence for at least twelve months from the date of approval of these financial statements and for the foreseeable future, being the 
period in the viability statement on page 44.

At 31 December 2022, the Group had cash and cash equivalents of £7,501,000 (2021: £13,065,000) and short-term deposits of 
£8,500,000 (2021: £nil). Since March 2021, the Group has had its multi-currency revolving credit facility with NatWest. The facility consists 
of a committed £10m facility and an additional uncommitted £15m accordion option, both of which can be used to cover the Group’s 
working capital and general corporate needs. In December 2022, the Group took the option to extend the facility for one year and the 
facility now runs to March 2025, with the remaining option to extend for one further year. £nil of this was drawn down at  
31 December 2022. 

The Group has net current assets at 31 December 2022 amounting to £2,986,000 (2021: net current liabilities £1,819,000). In prior year, 
the net current liability position primarily arose from its normal high levels of deferred income relating to performance obligations to be 
delivered in the future rather than an inability to service its liabilities. At 31 December 2022, there are still normal high levels of deferred 
income, however the increase in net cash in 2022 of £2,936,000 (note 1(b)) and the termination of a property lease resulting in nil lease 
liabilities at the balance sheet date has resulted in achieving net current asset position. A lease agreement for new office space was 
signed during the year, with a commencement date of 1 January 2023, and has been included in this report as a capital commitment 
(note 27). An assessment of cash flows for the next three financial years, which has taken into account the factors described above, 
has indicated an expected level of cash generation which would be sufficient to allow the Group to fully satisfy its working capital 
requirements and the guarantee given in respect of its UK subsidiaries, to cover all principal areas of expenditure, including maintenance, 
capital expenditure and taxation during this year, and to meet the financial covenants under the revolving credit facility. The Company 
has net current liabilities at 31 December 2022 amounting to £35,633,000 (2021: £29,735,000). In both the current and prior year, these 
almost entirely arose from unsecured payables to subsidiaries which have no fixed date of repayment. 

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the 
year. Although these estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of the amount, events or actions, the actual results may 
ultimately differ from those estimates.

Having assessed the principal risks and the other matters discussed in connection with the Viability Statement on page 44 which 
considers the Group and Company’s viability over a three-year period to March 2026, the Directors consider it appropriate to adopt the 
going concern basis of accounting in preparing both the consolidated financial statements of the Group and the financial statements of 
the Company.

New and amended standards adopted by the Group 
No new standards or amendments to standards that are mandatory for the first time for the financial year commencing 1 January 2022 
affected any of the amounts recognised in the current year or any prior year and are not likely to affect future periods. 

88

www.centaurmedia.com1 Summary of significant accounting policies continued
New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
'Disclosure of Accounting Policies (Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement 2)' will be effective for financial periods beginning 
on or after 1 January 2023. This amendment has revised that an entity is now required to disclose its material accounting policy 
information instead of its significant accounting policies. This will therefore impact the detail and number of accounting policies disclosed 
from the subsequent financial year onwards. 

There are no additional standards that are not yet effective and that would be expected to have a material impact on the entity in the 
current or future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.

Comparative numbers
Prior year comparative numbers have been updated to reflect current year presentation and disclosures. The prior year share-based 
payments reported under key management compensation in note 5 have been re-presented to reflect the share-based payment expense 
attributable to key management personnel during the year. This was previously presented as the market value of shares exercised by key 
management personnel during the year. There is no impact on the face of the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

(b) Presentation of non-statutory measures
In addition to IFRS statutory measures, the Directors use various non-GAAP key financial measures to evaluate the Group’s performance 
and consider that presentation of these measures provides shareholders with an additional understanding of the core trading 
performance of the Group. The measures used are explained and reconciled to their IFRS statutory headings below.

Adjusted operating profit and adjusted earnings per share
The Directors believe that adjusted results and adjusted earnings per share, provide additional useful information on the core operational 
performance of the Group to shareholders, and review the results of the Group on an adjusted basis internally. The term ‘adjusted’ is not a 
defined term under IFRS and may not therefore be comparable with similarly titled profit measurements reported by other companies. It is 
not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, IFRS measurements of profit.

Adjustments are made in respect of:

•  Exceptional costs – the Group considers items of income and expense as exceptional and excludes them from the adjusted results 
where the nature of the item, or its magnitude, is material and likely to be non-recurring in nature so as to assist the user of the 
financial statements to better understand the results of the core operations of the Group. 

•  Amortisation of acquired intangible assets – the amortisation charge for those intangible assets recognised on business combinations 
is excluded from the adjusted results of the Group since they are non-cash charges arising from investment activities. As such, they are 
not considered reflective of the core trading performance of the Group. Details of amortisation of acquired intangible assets are shown 
in note 10.

•  Share-based payments – share-based payment expenses or credits are excluded from the adjusted results of the Group as the 

Directors believe that the volatility of these charges can distort the user’s view of the core trading performance of the Group. Details of 
share-based payments are shown in note 22.

•  Other separately reported items – certain other items are excluded from adjusted results where they are considered large or unusual 
enough to distort the comparability of core trading results year-on-year. Details of these separately disclosed items are shown in 
note 4.

The tax related to adjusting items is the tax effect of the items above that are allowable deductions for tax purposes, calculated using the 
standard rate of corporation tax. See note 7 for a reconciliation between reported and adjusted tax charges.

Further details of adjusting items are included in note 4. A reconciliation between adjusted and statutory earnings per share measures is 
shown in note 8.

89

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements
CONTINUED

1 Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Adjusted operating profit and adjusted earnings per share continued 
Profit before tax reconciles to adjusted operating profit as follows:

Profit before tax 
Adjusting items:

 Amortisation of acquired intangible assets
 Impairment of acquired intangible assets
 Gain on remeasurement of lease
 Lease termination fee
 Share-based payment expense

Adjusted profit before tax
Finance income
Finance costs

Adjusted operating profit 

Note

10
10
18
11,18
22

6
6

2022
£’000

3,805

521
–
(151)
243
806
5,224
(85)
158
5,297

2021
£’000

1,361

1,091
25
–
–
495
2,972
(1)
261
3,232

Adjusted operating cash flow
Adjusted operating cash flow is not a measure defined by IFRS. It is defined as cash flow from operations excluding the impact of 
adjusting items, which are defined above, and including capital expenditure. The Directors use this measure to assess the performance 
of the Group as it excludes volatile items not related to the core trading of the Group and includes the Group’s management of capital 
expenditure. Statutory cash flow from operations reconciles to adjusted operating cash as below:

Reported cash flow from operating activities
Adjusted operating cash flow
Capital expenditure

Post capital expenditure cash flow

Our cash conversion rate for the year was 99% (2021: 164%). 

Note

24

2022
£’000

8,402
8,402
(1,357)
7,045

2021
£’000

9,521
9,521
(757)
8,764

Underlying revenue growth
The Directors review underlying revenue growth in order to allow a like-for-like comparison of revenues between years. Underlying 
revenues therefore exclude the impact of revenue contribution arising from acquired or disposed businesses and other revenue streams 
that are not expected to be ongoing in future years. There were no exclusions for underlying revenue in the current or prior year. Statutory 
revenue growth is equal to underlying revenue growth and is as follows:

Reported and underlying revenue 2021

Reported and underlying revenue 2022
Reported and underlying revenue growth

Xeim
£’000
32,108

33,292
4%

The Lawyer
£’000
6,972

8,301
19%

Total
£’000
39,080

41,593
6%

Adjusted EBITDA 
Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure defined by IFRS. It is defined as adjusted operating profit before depreciation and impairment of 
tangible assets and amortisation and impairment of intangible assets other than those acquired through a business combination. It is used 
by the Directors as a measure to review performance of the Group and forms the basis of some of the Group’s financial covenants under 
its revolving credit facility. Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as follows:

Adjusted operating profit (as above)
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of computer software
Impairment of computer software

Adjusted EBITDA

90

Note

3,11
3,10
3,10

2022
£’000

5,297
2,028
1,136
–
8,461

2021
£’000

3,232
1,808
1,335
55
6,430

www.centaurmedia.com 
 
 
 
1 Summary of significant accounting policies continued
Net cash 
Net cash is not a measure defined by IFRS. Net cash is calculated as cash and cash equivalents, plus short-term deposits less overdrafts 
and bank borrowings under the Group’s financing arrangements. The Directors consider the measure useful as it gives greater clarity over 
the Group’s liquidity as a whole. Group net cash is calculated as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term deposits

Net cash

Note

15
16

2022
£’000

7,501
8,500
16,001

2021
£’000

13,065
–
13,065

(c) Principles of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of Centaur Media Plc and all of its subsidiaries after elimination 
of intercompany transactions and balances. 

(i) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are all entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable 
returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. 
Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group until the date that the Group ceases to 
control them. 

On the disposal of a subsidiary, assets and liabilities of that subsidiary are de-recognised from the consolidated statement of financial 
position, earnings up to the date of loss of control are retained in the Group, and a profit/(loss) on disposal is recognised, measured as 
consideration received less the fair value of assets and liabilities disposed of.

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. The accounting 
policies of subsidiaries are consistent with the policies adopted by the Group. 

(ii) Employee Benefit Trust
The Centaur Employees’ Benefit Trust (‘Employee Benefit Trust’) is a trust established by Trust deed in 2006 for the granting of shares 
to applicable employees. Its assets and liabilities are held separately from the Company and are fully consolidated in the consolidated 
statement of financial position. Holdings of Centaur Media Plc shares by the Employee Benefit Trust are shown within the ‘own shares’ 
reserve as a deduction from consolidated equity. 

(d) Foreign currency translation
(i) Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in Pounds 
Sterling, which is the Group and Company’s functional and presentation currency. 

(ii) Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions. Foreign 
exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies at year end exchange rates are recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 

(iii) Group companies
The results and financial position of the Group entities that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency, as 
disclosed in note 12, are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

•  assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at the closing rate at the reporting date;

• 

income and expenses for each statement of comprehensive income are translated at average exchange rates (unless this average
is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and 
expenses are translated at the rate on the dates of the transactions); and

•  all resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income.

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign operations and of borrowings are 
recognised in other comprehensive income. When a foreign operation is sold, exchange differences that were recorded in equity are 
recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income as part of the gain or loss on sale. 

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity 
and translated at the closing rate.

91

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements
CONTINUED

1 Summary of significant accounting policies continued

(e) Revenue recognition
Revenue is measured at the transaction price, which is the amount of consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange 
for transferring promised goods or services to the customer. Judgement may arise in timing and allocation of transaction price when there 
are multiple performance obligations in one contract. However, an annual impact assessment is performed which has confirmed that 
the impact is immaterial in both the current year and comparative year. Revenue arises from the sales of premium content, training and 
advisory, marketing services, events, marketing solutions and recruitment advertising in the normal course of business, net of discounts 
and value added tax. Goods and services exchanged as part of a barter transaction are recognised in revenue at the fair value of the 
goods and services provided. Returns, refunds and other similar allowances, which have historically been low in volume and immaterial in 
magnitude, are accounted for as a reduction in revenue as they arise.

Where revenue is deferred it is held as a balance in deferred income on the consolidated statement of financial position. At any given 
reporting date, this deferred income is current in nature and is expected to be recognised wholly in revenue in the following financial year, 
with the exception of returns and credit notes, which have historically been low in volume and immaterial in magnitude. 

The Group recognises revenue earned from contracts as individual performance obligations are met, on a stand-alone selling price basis. 
This is when value and control of the product or service has transferred, being when the product is delivered to the customer or the 
period in which the services are rendered as set out in more detail below.

Premium Content
Revenue from subscriptions is deferred and recognised on a straight-line basis over the subscription period, reflecting the continuous 
provision of paid content services over this time. Revenue from individual publication sales is recognised at the point at which the 
publication is delivered to the customer. In general, the Group bills customers for premium content at the start of the contract.

Training and Advisory
Revenue from training and advisory is deferred and recognised over the period of the training or when a separately identifiable milestone 
of a contract has been delivered to the customer. In general, the Group bills customers for training and advisory up front or on a milestone 
basis as the service is delivered.

Marketing Services
Revenue from campaign work and consultancy contracts is recognised when the Group has obtained the right to consideration in 
exchange for its performance, which is when a separately identifiable phase (milestone) of a contract has been completed and the value 
and benefit of the services rendered have been transferred to the customer. In general, the Group bills customers for marketing services 
up front on a milestone basis.

Events
Consideration received in advance for events is deferred and revenue is recognised at the point in time at which the event takes place. In 
general, the Group bills customers for events before the event date.

Marketing Solutions
Marketing solutions revenue from display and bespoke campaigns is recognised over the period that the service is provided. In general, 
the Group bills customers for marketing solutions on delivery.

Recruitment Advertising
Sales of online recruitment advertising space are recognised in revenue over the period during which the advertisements are placed. 
Sales of recruitment advertising space in publications are recognised at the point at which the publication occurs. In general, the Group 
bills customers for recruitment advertising on delivery.

(f) Finance income 
Interest income is recognised when it is probable that the economic benefits will flow to the Group and the amount of income can be 
measured reliably. Interest income is accrued on a time basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and at the effective interest rate 
applicable, which is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial asset to that 
asset’s net carrying amount on initial recognition.

(g) Finance costs 
Finance costs are recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income in the period in which they are incurred.

(h) Investments
In the Company’s financial statements, investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less provision for impairment in value. 

Investments are reviewed for impairment whenever events indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. An impairment loss 
is recognised to the extent that the carrying value exceeds the higher of the investments fair value less cost of disposal and its value-in-
use. An asset’s value-in-use is calculated by discounting an estimate of future cash flows by the pre-tax weighted average cost of capital. 
Any impairment is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income. If there has been a change in the estimates used to determine 
the investment’s recoverable amount, impairment losses that have been recognised in prior periods may be reversed. This reversal is 
recognised in the statement of comprehensive income.

92

www.centaurmedia.com1 Summary of significant accounting policies continued

(i) Income tax
The tax expense represents the sum of current and deferred tax.

Current tax is based on the taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from profit as reported in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years, and it further 
includes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group and Company’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that 
have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Deferred tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
in the consolidated financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit. Deferred tax liabilities 
are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable 
that taxable profits will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the 
temporary difference arises from goodwill or the initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a 
transaction that affects neither the tax profit nor the accounting profit.

Deferred tax is calculated at the enacted or substantively enacted tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when the liability is 
settled, or the asset is realised. Deferred tax is charged or credited to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, except when 
it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity or other comprehensive income, in which case the deferred tax is recognised in 
equity or other comprehensive income respectively.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and is reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable 
that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the asset to be recovered. 

(j) Leases
Lessee accounting
Under IFRS 16, leases are accounted for on a ‘right-of-use model’ reflecting that, at the commencement date, the Group as a lessee has 
a financial obligation to make lease payments to the lessor for its right to use the underlying asset during the lease term. The financial 
obligation is recognised as a lease liability, and the right to use the underlying asset is recognised as a right-of-use (‘ROU’) asset. The 
ROU assets are recognised within property, plant and equipment on the face of the consolidated statement of financial position and are 
presented separately in note 11. 

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments using the rate implicit in the lease or, where that cannot 
be readily determined, the incremental borrowing rate. The incremental borrowing rate is estimated to discount future lease payments to 
measure the present value of the lease liability at the lease commencement date. Such a rate is based on what the Group estimates the 
lessee would have to pay a third party to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of a similar value to the right-of-use asset, with 
similar terms, security and economic environment. Subsequently, the lease liability is measured at amortised cost, with interest increasing 
the carrying amount and lease payments reducing the carrying amount. The carrying amount is remeasured to reflect any reassessment 
or lease modifications, or to reflect revised in-substance fixed lease payments.

The ROU asset is initially measured at cost which comprises:

• 

the amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability;

•  any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, less any lease incentives received;

•  any initial direct costs; and

•  an estimate of costs to be incurred at the end of the lease term.

Subsequently, the ROU asset is measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Depreciation is calculated to 
write off the cost on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Using the exemption available under IFRS 16, the Group elects not to apply the requirements above to:

•  Short-term leases; and

•  Leases for which the underlying asset is of a low value.

In these cases, the Group recognises the lease payments as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term, or another 
systematic basis if that basis is more representative of the agreement.

93

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements
CONTINUED

1 Summary of significant accounting policies continued

(k) Impairment of assets
Assets that are subject to depreciation or amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events indicate that the carrying value may 
not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised to the extent that the carrying value exceeds the higher of the asset’s fair value less 
cost of disposal and its value-in-use. An asset’s value-in-use is calculated by discounting an estimate of future cash flows by the pre-tax 
weighted average cost of capital.

(l) Property, plant and equipment
See note 1(j) for right-of-use assets. All other property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and 
impairment losses. The historical cost of property, plant and equipment is the purchase cost together with any incidental direct costs 
of acquisition. Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost, less estimated residual value, of assets, on a straight-line basis over the 
expected useful economic lives to the Group over the following periods:

Fixtures and fittings
Computer equipment
Right-of-use assets

– 5 to 10 years
– 3 to 5 years
– over the lease term

The estimated useful lives, residual values and depreciation methods are reviewed at the end of each reporting year, with the effect of 
any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis.

(m) Intangible assets
(i) Goodwill
Where the cost of a business acquisition exceeds the fair values attributable to the separable net assets acquired, the resulting goodwill 
is capitalised and allocated to the cash generating unit (‘CGU’) or groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the 
business combination. Goodwill has an indefinite useful life and is tested for impairment annually on a Group level or whenever events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

Each segment is deemed to be a CGU. Goodwill and acquired intangible assets are assessed for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 
‘Impairment of Assets’. In assessing whether a write-down of goodwill and acquired intangible assets is required, the carrying value of the 
segment is compared with its recoverable amount. Recoverable amount is measured as the higher of fair value less cost of disposal and 
value-in-use. Any impairment is recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (in net operating expenses) and is 
classified as an adjusting item. Impairment of goodwill is not subsequently reversed.

In undertaking the impairment testing at 31 December 2022 management considered its climate change risk and opportunity assessment, 
and after taking account of the materiality of the expected impact, did not view there to be any adjustment needed to the cash flow 
forecasts or long-term growth rates used in the testing.

On the disposal of a CGU, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.

(ii) Brands and publishing rights and customer relationships 
Separately acquired brands and publishing rights are shown at historical cost. Brands and publishing rights and customer relationships 
acquired in a business combination are recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. They have a finite useful life and are subsequently 
carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. 

(iii) Software 
Computer software that is not integral to the operation of the related hardware is carried at cost less accumulated amortisation. Costs 
associated with the development of identifiable and unique software products controlled by the Group that will generate probable future 
economic benefits in excess of costs are recognised as intangible assets when the criteria of IAS 38 ‘Intangible Assets’ are met. They are 
carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.

94

www.centaurmedia.com1 Summary of significant accounting policies continued
(iv) Amortisation methods and periods
Amortisation is calculated to write off the cost or fair value of intangible assets on a straight-line basis over the expected useful economic 
lives to the Group over the following periods:

Computer software
Brands and publishing rights
Customer relationships
Separately acquired websites and content 

– 3 to 5 years
– 5 to 20 years
– 3 to 10 years or over the term of any specified contract
– 3 to 5 years

(n) Employee benefits
(i) Post-employment obligations
The Group and Company contribute to a defined contribution pension scheme for the benefit of employees. The assets of the scheme 
are held separately from those of the Group in an independently administered fund. Contributions to defined contribution schemes are 
charged to the statement of comprehensive income in net operating expenses when employer contributions become payable.

(ii) Share-based payments
The Group operates several equity-settled share-based payment plans, under which the Group receives services from employees in 
consideration for equity instruments (share options and shares) of the Company. Information relating to these plans is set out in note 22.

Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value at the date of grant. Fair value is measured using either a Monte Carlo 
simulation (stochastic) model or Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for 
the grant of share awards and options is recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s 
estimate of the number of options or shares that will eventually vest. Non-market-based performance or service vesting conditions (for 
example profitability and remaining as an employee of the entity over a specified time period) are included in assumptions about the 
number of share awards and options that are expected to vest. Market-based performance criteria is reflected in the measurement of fair 
value at the date of grant.

The impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, is recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, with a 
corresponding adjustment to equity, such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate. The cumulative share-based payment 
expense held in reserves is recycled into retained earnings when the share awards or options lapse or are exercised. When options are 
exercised, shares are either transferred to the employee from the Employee Benefit Trust or by issuing new shares. The social security 
contributions payable in connection with the grant of share awards is treated as a cash-settled transaction.

The award by the Company of share-based payment awards over its equity instruments to the employees of subsidiary undertakings 
in the Group is treated as a capital contribution only if it is left unsettled. The fair value of employee services received, measured by 
reference to the grant date fair value, is recognised over the vesting period as an increase to investment in subsidiary undertakings, with 
a corresponding credit to equity.

A deferred tax asset is recognised on share options based on the intrinsic value of the options, which is calculated as the difference 
between the fair value of the shares under option at the reporting date and exercise price of the share options. The deferred tax asset is 
utilised when the share options are exercised or released when share options lapse. The accounting policy regarding deferred tax is set 
out above in note 1(i). 

(o) Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that an 
outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the obligation can be reliably estimated.

(p) Equity
(i) Share capital and share premium
Ordinary and deferred shares are classified as equity. The excess of consideration received in respect of shares issued over the nominal 
value of those shares is recognised in the share premium account. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or 
options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity instruments, for example as the result of a share buyback or share-based 
payment plan, the consideration paid, including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of income taxes) is deducted from equity 
attributable to the owners of the Company as treasury shares until the shares are cancelled or reissued. Where such ordinary shares are 
subsequently reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs and the related income 
tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the owners of the Company.

Shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust are disclosed as own shares and deducted from equity.

95

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements
CONTINUED

1 Summary of significant accounting policies continued
(ii) Own shares
Own shares consist of treasury shares and shares held within the Employee Benefit Trust. 

Own shares are recognised at cost as a deduction from equity shareholders’ funds. Subsequent consideration received for the sale of 
such shares is also recognised in equity, with any excess of consideration received between the sale proceeds and the original cost being 
recognised in share premium. No gain or loss is recognised in the financial statements on transactions in treasury shares.

(q) Dividends
Dividends are recognised in the year in which they are paid or, in respect of the Company’s final dividend for the year, approved by the 
shareholders in the Annual General Meeting.

(r) Segmental reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The 
Executive Committee has been identified as the chief operating decision-maker, reviewing the Group’s internal reporting on a monthly 
basis in order to assess performance and allocate resources. Refer to note 2 for the basis of segmentation.

(s) Financial instruments
The Group has applied IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ as outlined below:

(i) Financial assets
The Group classifies and measures its financial assets in line with one of the three measurement models under IFRS 9: at amortised cost, 
fair value through profit or loss, and fair value through other comprehensive income. Management determines the classification of its 
financial assets based on the requirements of IFRS 9 at initial recognition.

They are included in current assets, except for maturities greater than 12 months after the reporting date. These are classified as non-
current assets. The Group’s financial assets comprise trade and other receivables, short-term deposits and cash and cash equivalents in 
the consolidated statement of financial position. Please see the following sections.

(ii) Trade receivables
Trade receivables are accounted for under IFRS 9, being recognised initially at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost less any 
allowance for expected lifetime credit losses under the ‘expected credit loss’ model. As mandated by IFRS 9, the expected lifetime credit 
losses are calculated using the ‘simplified’ approach.

A provision matrix is used to calculate the allowance for expected lifetime credit losses on trade receivables which is based on historical 
default rates over the expected life of the trade receivables and is adjusted for forward-looking estimates. The allowance for expected 
lifetime credit losses is established by considering, on a discounted basis, the cash shortfalls it would incur in various default scenarios 
for prescribed future periods and multiplying those shortfalls by the probability of each scenario occurring. The historical loss rates are 
adjusted to reflect current and forward-looking information on macroeconomic factors affecting the ability of the customers to settle the 
receivables. The allowance is the sum of these probability weighted outcomes. The allowance and any changes to it are recognised in 
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income within net operating expenses. When a trade receivable is uncollectible, it is written 
off against the allowance account for trade receivables. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited against net 
operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. The Group defines a default as failure of a debtor to repay 
an amount due as this is the time at which our estimate of future cash flows from the debtor is affected.

(iii) Short-term deposits
Short-term deposits include cash held on deposit for a term of greater than 90 days or not readily convertible to known amounts of cash.

(iv) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash at bank and in hand and deposits repayable on demand or maturing within three months from the 
date of acquisition.

(v) Financial liabilities
Debt and trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value based on amounts exchanged, net of transaction costs, and 
subsequently at amortised cost. 

Interest expense on debt is accounted for using the effective interest method and is recognised in finance costs.

(vi) Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective  
interest method.

(vii) Borrowings
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred and carried subsequently at amortised cost. Costs of 
borrowings, including commitment fees on undrawn facilities, are recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income as 
incurred or, where appropriate, across the term of the related borrowing.

96

www.centaurmedia.com1 Summary of significant accounting policies continued
(viii) Receivables from and payables to subsidiaries and the Employee Benefit Trust
The Company has amounts receivable from and payable to subsidiaries and the receivable from the Employee Benefit Trust which are 
recognised at fair value. Amounts receivable from subsidiaries and the Employee Benefit Trust are assessed annually for recoverability 
under the requirements of IFRS 9.

(t) Key accounting assumptions, estimates and judgements
The preparation of financial statements under IFRS requires the use of certain key accounting assumptions and requires management to 
exercise its judgement and to make estimates. Those that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the consolidated 
financial statements or have the most risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next 
financial year are discussed below.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty
(i) Carrying value of goodwill, other intangible assets and Company investment estimate
In assessing whether goodwill, other intangible assets and the Company’s investment are impaired, the Group uses a discounted cash 
flow model which includes forecast cash flows and estimates of future growth. If the results of operations in future periods are lower 
than included in the cash flow model, impairments may be triggered. A sensitivity analysis has been performed on the value-in-use 
calculations. Further details of the assumptions and sensitivities in the discounted cash flow model are included in notes 9 and 12.

Critical accounting judgements
(ii) Adjusting items judgement
The term ‘adjusted’ is not a defined term under IFRS. Judgement is required to ensure that the classification and presentation of certain 
items as adjusting, including exceptional costs, is appropriate and consistent with the Group’s accounting policy. Further details about the 
amounts classified as adjusting are included in notes 1(b) and 4. 

Other areas of judgement and accounting estimates  
The consolidated financial statements include other areas of judgement and accounting estimates. While these areas do not meet the 
definition under IAS 1 of significant accounting estimates or critical accounting judgements, the recognition and measurement of certain 
material assets and liabilities are based on assumptions and/or are subject to longer-term uncertainties. The other areas of judgement and 
accounting estimates are:

•  Deferred tax (estimation of forecasted future taxable profits) refer to notes 1(i) and 13;

•  Lease liabilities (lease term judgement) refer to notes 1(j) and 18;

•  Lease liabilities (IBR rate estimate) refer to notes 1(j) and 18; and

•  Share-based payment expense (estimation of fair value) refer to notes 1(n)(ii) and 22.

97

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements
CONTINUED

2 Segmental reporting
The Group is organised around two reportable market-facing segments: Xeim and The Lawyer. These two segments derive revenues from 
a combination of premium content, training and advisory, marketing services, events, marketing solutions and recruitment advertising. 
Overhead costs are allocated to these segments on an appropriate basis, depending on the nature of the costs, including in proportion 
to revenues or headcount. Corporate income and costs have been presented separately as ‘Central’. The Group believes this is the most 
appropriate presentation of segmental reporting for the user to understand the core operations of the Group. There is no inter-segmental 
revenue.

Segment assets consist primarily of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets (including goodwill) and trade receivables. Segment 
liabilities primarily comprise trade payables, accruals and deferred income. 

Corporate assets and liabilities primarily comprise property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, current and deferred tax balances, 
cash and cash equivalents, short-term deposits and lease liabilities.

Capital expenditure comprises purchases of additions to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets.

2022

Revenue
Adjusted operating profit / (loss)
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
Gain on remeasurement of lease
Lease termination fee
Share-based payment expense

Operating profit / (loss)
Finance income
Finance costs

Profit before tax
Taxation

Profit for the year

Segment assets
Corporate assets

Consolidated total assets
Segment liabilities
Corporate liabilities

Consolidated total liabilities

Note

1(b)
10
18
11, 18
22

6
6

7

Xeim
£’000

33,292
6,198
(521)
118
(190)
(260)
5,345

The Lawyer
£’000

8,301
2,474
–
27
(43)
(72)
2,386

34,343

17,391

(11,139)

(2,778)

Central
£’000

–
(3,375)
–
6
(10)
(474)
(3,853)

–
15,649

–
(4,640)

Group
£’000

41,593
5,297
(521)
151
(243)
(806)
3,878
85
(158)
3,805
(1,005)
2,800

51,734
15,649
67,383
(13,917)
(4,640)
(18,557)

Other items
Capital expenditure (tangible and intangible assets)

1,143

147

67

1,357

98

www.centaurmedia.com2 Segmental reporting continued

2021

Revenue
Adjusted operating profit / (loss)
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
Impairment of acquired intangibles
Share-based payments

Operating profit / (loss)
Finance income
Finance costs

Profit before tax
Taxation

Profit for the year

Segment assets
Corporate assets

Consolidated total assets
Segment liabilities
Corporate liabilities

Consolidated total liabilities

Note

1(b)
10
10
22

6
6

7

Xeim
£’000

32,108
4,469
(1,091)
(25)
(113)
3,240

The Lawyer
£’000

6,972
2,110
–
–
(2)
2,108

38,167

18,216

(13,251)

(2,795)

Central
£’000

–
(3,347)
–
–
(380)
(3,727)

–
12,491

–
(5,720)

Group
£’000

39,080
3,232
(1,091)
(25)
(495)
1,621
1
(261)
1,361
56
1,417

56,383
12,491
68,874
(16,046)
(5,720)
(21,766)

Other items
Capital expenditure (tangible and intangible assets)

401

188

168

757

Supplemental information
Revenues by geographical location 
The Group’s revenues from external customers by geographical location are detailed below:

United Kingdom
Europe (excluding United Kingdom)
North America
Rest of world

Xeim
2022
£’000

 19,573 
5,726
 4,639
 3,354
33,292 

The Lawyer
2022
£’000

6,882
609
628
182
8,301

Total
2022
£’000

26,455
 6,335
5,267
3,536
41,593

Xeim
2021
£’000

 19,057 
 4,567 
 4,954
 3,530
32,108 

The Lawyer
2021
£’000

 5,662 
 675 
 445 
 190 
 6,972 

Total
2021
£’000

24,719 
 5,242 
 5,399 
 3,720 
39,080

Substantially all of the Group's net assets are located in the United Kingdom. The Directors therefore consider that the Group currently 
operates in a single geographical segment, being the United Kingdom. Refer to note 12 for the location of the Group’s subsidiaries.

Revenues by type
The Group’s revenues by type are as follows:

Premium Content
Training and Advisory
Marketing Services
Events
Marketing Solutions
Recruitment Advertising

Xeim
2022
£’000

9,980
 14,431 
 2,850 
 2,703 
 2,948 
 380 
 33,292 

The Lawyer
2022
£’000

4,748
– 
– 
 1,998 
 565 
 990 
 8,301 

Total
2022
£’000

14,728
 14,431 
 2,850 
 4,701 
 3,513 
 1,370 
 41,593 

Xeim
2021
£’000

9,006
 12,542 
3,301 
 2,751 
 4,145 
 363 
 32,108 

The Lawyer
2021
£’000

3,882
18
–
 1,071 
 840 
 1,161 
 6,972 

Total
2021
£’000

 12,888 
 12,560 
 3,301 
 3,822 
 4,985 
 1,524 
 39,080 

The accounting policies for each of these revenue streams is disclosed in note 1(e), including the timing of revenue recognition. There are 
some contracts for which revenue has not yet been recognised and is being held in deferred income, see note 19. This deferred income is 
all current and is expected to be recognised as revenue in 2023.

99

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
CONTINUED

3 Net operating expenses
Operating profit / (loss) is stated after charging:

Note

5

4,11
4,10
10
4,18
4,22

 25 

Employee benefits expense
Depreciation of property, plant 
and equipment
Amortisation of intangible assets
Impairment of intangible assets
Gain on remeasurement of lease
Share-based payment expense
Net impairment of trade 
receivables
IT expenditure
Marketing expenditure
Other staff-related costs
Other operating expenses

Cost of sales
Distribution costs
Administrative expenses

Adjusted
Results1
2022
£’000

19,034 

2,028 
1,136 
–
–
– 

(31) 
2,645 
1,685 
233 
9,566 
36,296 

15,434 
60 
20,802 
36,296 

Adjusting
Items1
2022
£’000

–

243
521
–
(151)
806

– 
–
–
–
–
1,419

–
–
1,419 
1,419 

Statutory
Results
2022
£’000

19,034

2,271 
1,657
–
(151)
806

(31) 
2,645 
1,685 
233 
9,566 
37,715

15,434 
60 
22,221 
37,715 

1  Adjusted results exclude adjusting items, as detailed in note 1(b)

Services provided by the Company and Group’s auditor

Fees payable for the audit of Company and Group consolidated financial statements
Fees payable for the interim financial statement review

Total fees paid to the Company and Group’s auditor

4 Adjusting items
As discussed in note 1(b), certain items are presented as adjusting. These are detailed below: 

Amortisation of acquired intangible assets
Impairment of acquired intangible assets
Gain on remeasurement of lease 
Lease termination fee 
Share-based payment expense
Adjusting items to profit / (loss) before tax
Tax relating to adjusting items

Total adjusting items after tax

Adjusted
Results1
2021
£’000

19,272 

1,808 
1,335 
55
–
– 

(39) 
2,563 
1,399 
618 
8,837 
35,848 

15,082
62 
20,704
35,848 

Note

10
10
18
11,18
22

7

Adjusting
Items1
2021
£’000

–

Statutory
Results
2021
£’000

19,272 

–
1,091 
25
–
495

– 
–
–
–
–
1,611 

– 
– 
1,611
1,611 

2022
£’000

120
11
131

2022
£’000

521 
–
(151)
243
806 
1,419 
(270)
1,149

1,808 
2,426 
80
–
495 

(39) 
2,563 
1,399 
618 
8,837 
37,459

15,082
62 
22,315
37,459 

2021
£’000

109
10
119

2021
£’000

1,091 
25
–
–
495 
1,611 
(195)
1,416

Termination of lease 
As a result of the termination of the London property lease, a net gain of £151,000 was recognised on remeasurement of the lease liability 
and respective proportionate adjustment to the ROU asset. The termination fee was included in the measurement of the ROU asset at the 
time of the remeasurement, therefore the £243,000 is recognised in depreciation. Refer to note 18 for further details.

Other adjusting items
Other adjusting items relate to the amortisation and impairment of acquired intangible assets (see note 10) and share-based payment 
costs (see note 22).

100

www.centaurmedia.com 
 
 
 
 
5 Directors and employees

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Other pension costs
Employee benefits expense
Share-based payment expense

Note

22

2022
Group
£’000

16,102 
2,018
914
19,034
806 
19,840 

2021
Group
£’000

16,652 
1,946 
674 
19,272 
495 
19,767 

 2022
Company
£’000

2021
Company
£’000

1,464 
221
50 
1,735 
424 
2,159

1,057 
105 
42 
1,204 
325 
1,529 

The average number of employees employed during the year, including Executive Directors, was:

Xeim
The Lawyer
Central

2022
Group
Number

201 
58 
10 
269 

2021
Group
Number

202 
52 
10 
264 

2022
Company
Number

2021
Company
Number

–
–
4
4

–
–
4
4

The Group’s employees are employed and paid by Centaur Communications Limited, a Group company, with the exception of the 
Company’s Directors and Company Secretary who are employed by the Company. As the employees provide services to other Group 
companies, their costs are recharged. 

Key management compensation

Salaries and short-term employment benefits
Post-employment benefits
Share-based payment expense

2  See note 1(a) for description of prior year re-presentation.

2022
£’000

1,583 
78 
590
2,251

Re-presented2
2021
£’000

1,736 
74 
401
2,211 

Key management is defined as the Executive Directors and Executive Committee members.

201,355 shares were exercised by Directors during the year at a share price of 40.0 pence. (2021: no Directors exercised share options 
during the year). Details of Directors’ remuneration are included in the Remuneration Committee Report between pages 59 to 75.

101

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
CONTINUED

6 Finance income and costs

Finance income
Interest income from short-term deposits
Interest income from cash and cash equivalents

Finance costs
Commitment fees and amortisation of arrangement fee in respect of revolving credit facility
Interest on lease 
Other finance costs

Net finance costs

Note

16

18

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

68
17
85

(105)
(51)
(2)
(158)
(73)

–
1
1

(194)
(67)
–
(261)
(260)

Interest income from short-term deposits
Interest income from short-term deposits is calculated using the effective interest method and is recognised in profit or loss. Finance 
income in relation to these short-term deposits resulted in cash inflows to the Group of £46,000 during the year (2021: £nil). Refer to note 
16 for further details.

Fees on revolving credit facility
These finance costs are in relation to the £10m revolving credit facility, none of which was drawn down at 31 December 2022 (2021: 
£nil). As indicated by the consolidated cash flow statement, there were no drawdowns from this facility during the current and prior year. 
Finance costs in relation to this facility resulted in cash outflows by the Company and Group of £71,000 during the year (2021: £194,000). 

Lease interest
A lease liability was recognised for the Group’s property lease. £51,000 of interest on this lease was incurred during the year (2021: 
£67,000). Refer to notes 1(j) and 18 for further details.

7 Taxation

Analysis of charge / (credit) for the year
Current tax
Overseas tax
Adjustments in respect of prior years

Deferred tax
Current period
Adjustments in respect of prior years

Taxation charge / (credit) 

Note

20

13

2022
£’000

2021
£’000

(3)
68
65

913
27
940
 1,005

14
(38)
(24)

(175)
143
(32)
 (56)

The taxation charge / (credit) for the year can be reconciled to the profit in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income as 
follows: 

Profit before tax
Tax at the UK rate of corporation tax of 19.0% (2021: 19.0%)

Effects of:
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
Additional deduction for capital allowances
Share-based payments
Effects of changes in tax rate on deferred tax balances
Different tax rates of subsidiaries in other jurisdictions
Adjustments in respect of prior years

Taxation charge / (credit)

102

2022
£’000

3,805
723

18 
(86)
2
253
–
95
1,005

20212021
£’000

1,361
259

69 
–
47
(538)
2
105
(56)

www.centaurmedia.com7 Taxation continued
In the Spring Budget 2021, the UK Government announced that from 1 April 2023 the corporation tax rate would increase to 25% (rather 
than remaining at 19%, as previously enacted). This new law was substantively enacted on 24 May 2021. Temporary differences are 
remeasured using the enacted tax rates that are expected to apply when the liability is settled or the asset realised.

In prior year, tax losses were remeasured using the enacted tax rate (25%). However, the Group has utilised £2,775,000 of tax losses this 
year at the current UK corporation tax rate of 19%, with the remaining £2,935,000 expected to be utilised in 2023 at the blended tax rate 
of 23.5%. In the current year, the remaining losses have been remeasured at this blended tax rate to reflect this.

A reconciliation between the reported tax charge / (credit) and the adjusted tax charge taking account of adjusting items as discussed in 
note 1(b) and 4 is shown below:

Reported tax charge / (credit)
Effects of:
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets 
Gain on remeasurement of lease
Share-based payments

Adjusted tax charge 

2022
£’000

1,005

108
(36)
198
1,275

2021
£’000

(56)

112 
– 
83
139

8 Earnings / (loss) per share
Basic earnings per share (‘EPS’) is calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average 
number of shares in issue during the year. 3,112,784 (2021: 2,064,185) shares held in the Employee Benefit Trust and 4,550,179 (2021: 
4,550,179) shares held in treasury (see note 21) have been excluded in arriving at the weighted average number of shares.

For diluted earnings per share the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all deferred 
shares and dilutive potential ordinary shares. This comprises share options and awards granted to Directors and employees under the 
Group’s share-based payment plans where the exercise price is less than the average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares 
during the year.

Basic and diluted earnings per share have also been presented on an adjusted basis, as the Directors believe that these measures are 
more reflective of the underlying performance of the Group. These have been calculated as follows:

Profit / (loss) per share  
attributable to owners 
Profit / (loss) for the year

Number of shares (thousands)
Basic weighted average number 
of shares
Effect of dilutive securities – options
Diluted weighted average number 
of shares

2022
Adjusted 
Results1
£’000

2022
 Adjusted 
Items1
£’000

2022 
Statutory 
Results
£’000

2021 
Adjusted 
Results1
£’000

2021 
Adjusted 
Items1
£’000

2021 
Statutory 
Results
£’000

3,949

(1,149)

2,800

2,833

(1,416)

1,417

143,813
7,638

143,813
–

143,813
7,638

144,927
7,947

144,927
–

144,927
7,947

151,451

143,813

151,451

152,874

144,927

152,874

Earnings / (loss) per share (pence) 
Basic earnings per share
2.7
Fully diluted earnings per share
2.6
1  Adjusted results exclude adjusting items, as detailed in notes 1(b) and 4.

(0.8)
(0.8)

1.9
1.8

2.0
1.9

(1.0)
(1.0)

1.0
0.9

103

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements
CONTINUED

9 Goodwill

Cost
At 1 January 2021, 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2022

Accumulated impairment
At 1 January 2021, 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2022

Net book value
At 1 January 2021, 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2022

Group
 £’000

81,109

39,947

41,162

At 31 December 2022 a full impairment assessment has been carried out. No impairment is required for the carrying value of goodwill. 
(2021: £nil).

Goodwill by segment 
Each brand is deemed to be a cash generating unit (‘CGU’), being the lowest level at which cash flows are separately identifiable. 
Goodwill is attributed to individual CGUs and has historically been reviewed at the operating segment level for the purposes of the annual 
impairment review as this is the level at which management monitors goodwill.

At 1 January 2021, 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2022

Xeim
£’000

25,188

The Lawyer
£’000

15,974

Total
£’000

41,162

Impairment testing of goodwill and acquired intangible assets
At 31 December 2022, goodwill and acquired intangible assets (see note 10) were tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36. In 
assessing whether an impairment of goodwill and acquired intangible assets is required, the carrying value of the segment is compared 
with its recoverable amount. Recoverable amounts are measured based on value-in-use (‘VIU’).

The Group estimates the VIU of its CGUs using a discounted cash flow model, which adjusts the cash flows for risks associated with the 
assets and discounts these using a pre-tax rate of 9.9% (2021: 10.3%). The discount rate used is consistent with the Group’s weighted 
average cost of capital and is used across all segments, which are all based predominantly in the UK and considered to have similar risks 
and rewards.

The key assumptions used in calculating VIU are revenue growth, margin, Adjusted EBITDA growth, discount rate and the terminal growth 
rate. These have been derived from a combination of experience and management’s expectations of future growth rates in the business. 
The Group has used the three-year plan forecast to 2025 for the first three years of the calculation and applied a terminal growth rate of 
2.5% (2021: 2.5%). This timescale and the terminal growth rate are both considered appropriate given the nature of the Group’s revenues. 
The three-year plan forecast to 2025 has been prepared brand by brand on a bottom-up basis following a review of the business where 
management have identified the key growth and focus areas which will deliver the forecasted targets, and conversely which areas of the 
business will be de-prioritised over that period. Overall the three-year plan forecast to 2025 assumes continued profit growth reflecting 
top line expansion in flagship brands, while managing the impact of projected inflationary pressures.

The key assumptions and variables in this plan are sensitised in isolation and in combination. The main sensitivities applied to the key 
drivers are outlined below. As required by IAS 36, these sensitivities are applied in order to assess the effect of reasonably possible 
changes in the assumptions.

Sensitivity analysis has been performed on the VIU calculations, holding all other variables constant, to:

i.  apply a 10% reduction to forecast Adjusted EBITDA in each year of the modelled cash flows. No impairment would occur in either of 

the segments. 

ii.  apply a 2 percentage point increase in discount rate from 9.9% to 11.9%. No impairment would occur in either of the segments.

iii.  reduce the terminal value growth rate from 2.5% to 1.5%. No impairment would occur in either of the segments.

The results of the impairment assessment and sensitivities applied indicate that no impairment to the goodwill or acquired intangible 
assets of either CGU is required for the year ended 31 December 2022.

104

www.centaurmedia.com 
10 Other intangible assets

Cost
At 1 January 2021
Additions – separately acquired
Additions – internally generated
Disposals
Exchange differences
At 31 December 2021
Additions – separately acquired
Additions – internally generated
Disposals
Exchange differences

At 31 December 2022

Accumulated amortisation
At 1 January 2021
Amortisation charge for the year
Impairment charge for the year
Disposals
Exchange differences
At 31 December 2021
Amortisation charge for the year
Disposals
Exchange differences

At 31 December 2022

Net book value at 31 December 2022
Net book value at 31 December 2021
Net book value at 1 January 2021

 Computer 
software
£’000

 Brands and 
publishing 
rights
£’000

 Customer 
relationships
£’000

 Separately 
acquired 
websites and 
content
£’000

18,983
396 
298 
(48)
2
19,631 

763 
403
(197)
21
20,621 

16,221
1,335 
55
(48)
(1)
17,562

1,136 
(197)
21
18,522

 2,099 
 2,069 
2,762 

1,558
– 
–
(178)
–
1,380 

– 
–
–
–
1,380 

808
114
25
(178)
–
769 

99
–
–
868 

512
 611 
750

11,321
– 
–
–
–
11,321 

– 
–
–
–
11,321 

9,922
977 
–
–
–
10,899 

422 
–
–
11,321 

 – 
 422 
1,399

3,216
– 
–
– 
–
3,216 

– 
–
– 
–
3,216 

3,216
–
–
–
–
3,216 

–
–
–
3,216 

– 
– 
– 

Total
£’000

35,078
396 
298 
(226)
2
35,548 

763 
403
(197)
21
36,538

30,167
2,426 
80
(226)
(1)
32,446 

1,657 
(197)
21
33,927 

 2,611 
 3,102 
4,911

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets is included in net operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income. The current year amortisation charge is £1,657,000 (2021: £2,426,000). Acquired intangible assets from business combinations 
represents the asset groups ‘Brands and publishing rights’, ‘Customer relationships’ and ‘Separately acquired websites and content’. The 
amortisation on acquired intangible assets is £521,000 (2021: £1,091,000). This is presented as an adjusting item in note 4 (see note 1(b) 
for further information).

Other intangible assets are tested annually for impairment in accordance with IAS 36 at a segment level by comparing the carrying value 
with its recoverable amount. Refer to note 9 for further details. During the prior year, the Group impaired intangible assets totalling a net 
book value of £80,000. The £80,000 impairment charge related to computer software and brand and publishing rights no longer in use 
by the business. There was no impairment of other intangibles incurred in the current year.

The Company has no intangible assets (2021: £nil).

105

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
CONTINUED

11 Property, plant and equipment

Cost
At 1 January 2021
Additions – separately acquired
Disposals
Exchange differences
At 31 December 2021
Additions – separately acquired
Remeasurement 
Disposals
Exchange differences

At 31 December 2022

Accumulated depreciation
At 1 January 2021
Depreciation charge for the year
Disposals
Exchange differences
At 31 December 2021
Depreciation charge for the year
Disposals
Exchange differences

At 31 December 2022

Net book value at 31 December 2022
Net book value at 31 December 2021
Net book value at 1 January 2021

Fixtures
and fittings
£’000

Computer
equipment
£’000

ROU assets – 
property
£’000

68
5
–
–
 73 

21
–
–
–
 94 

40
 21 
–
–
 61 

7 
–
–
68

26
12
28

1,049
 51 
 (2)
–
 1,098 

273 
–
 (21)
2
1,352

704
 138 
 (2)
–
 840 

170
 (21)
2
991

 361 
 258 
345

5,077
 978 
–
2
 6,057 

 – 
(120)
(5,937)
–
–

2,192
 1,649 
–
2
 3,843 

2,094
(5,937)
–
–

–
 2,214 
2,885

Total
£’000

6,194
 1,034 
 (2)
2
 7,228 

294
(120)
 (5,958)
2
1,446

2,936
 1,808 
 (2)
2
 4,744 

2,271
(5,958)
2
1,059

387
 2,484 
3,258

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is included in net operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income.

The current year depreciation charge is £2,271,000 (2021: £1,808,000). Depreciation of the ROU asset includes £243,000 termination 
fee which was included in the cost of the ROU asset in the remeasurement on the agreement of the lease termination (see note 18). This 
£243,000 is presented as an adjusting item in note 4 and the remaining depreciation charge of £2,028,000 is in Adjusted Results.

The Company has no property, plant and equipment at 31 December 2022 (2021: £nil).

106

www.centaurmedia.com 
 
 
 
12 Investments

Company

Cost
At 1 January 2021
Additions
At 31 December 2021
Additions

At 31 December 2022

Accumulated impairment
At 1 January 2021, 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2022

Net book value at 31 December 2022
Net book value at 31 December 2021
Net book value at 1 January 2021

Investments
in subsidiary
undertakings
£’000

151,385
163
151,548

374
151,922

86,393

65,529
65,155
64,992

Impairment testing of the investment
The carrying value of the investment represents the Company’s direct ownership of Centaur Communications Limited (‘CCL’). At  
31 December 2022, the investment was tested for impairment in accordance with IAS 36. In assessing whether an impairment of the 
investment is required, the carrying value of the investment is compared with its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is 
measured based on value-in-use (‘VIU’). Although the Company only has direct ownership of CCL, CCL in turn directly or indirectly 
controls the rest of the Group’s subsidiaries. Therefore, the VIU of the Company’s investment in CCL is supported by the operations of the 
entire Group.

In the prior year, the ongoing global pandemic and its impact on the economy and directly on the Group was identified as an indication 
of impairment of the Company’s investment carrying value. Therefore, a full impairment assessment was performed. The results of the 
impairment assessment and sensitivities applied indicated that no impairment to the Company’s investment in CCL was required for the 
year ended 31 December 2021 as the carrying value of the investment was supported by the underlying trade of the Group.

In the current year, the UK’s economic uncertainty throughout 2022 has been identified as an indication of impairment of the Company’s 
investment carrying value. Therefore, a full impairment assessment has been performed.

The Group estimates the VIU using a discounted cash flow model, which adjusts the cash flows for risks associated with the assets and 
discounts these using a pre-tax rate of 9.9% (2021: 10.3%). The discount rate used is consistent with the Group’s weighted average cost 
of capital.

The key assumptions used in calculating VIU are revenue growth, margin, Adjusted EBITDA growth, discount rate and the terminal growth 
rate. These have been derived from a combination of experience and management’s expectations of future growth rates in the business. 
The Group has used the three-year plan forecast to 2025 for the first three years of the calculation and applied a terminal growth rate of 
2.5% (2021: 2.5%). This timescale and the terminal growth rate are both considered appropriate given the nature of the Group’s revenues. 
The three-year plan forecast to 2025 has been prepared brand by brand on a bottom-up basis following a review of the business where 
management have identified the key growth and focus areas which will deliver the forecasted targets, and conversely which areas of the 
business will be de-prioritised over that period. Overall the three-year plan forecast to 2025 assumes continued profit growth reflecting 
top line expansion in flagship brands, while managing the impact of projected inflationary pressures.

Sensitivities are applied to each of the key assumptions and variables in isolation and in combination, in line with those sensitivities 
applied for goodwill impairment testing as outlined in note 9. As required by IAS 36, these sensitivities are applied in order to assess the 
effect of reasonably possible changes in the assumptions.

The results of the impairment assessment and sensitivities applied indicate that no impairment to the Company’s investment in CCL is 
required for the year ended 31 December 2022.

Additions of £374,000 (2021: £163,000) related to capital contributions for share-based payments recharged to the Company’s 
subsidiaries.

In order to simplify the Group structure, the process to close dormant companies commenced during the prior year.

107

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Notes to the Financial Statements
CONTINUED

12 Investments continued
The Group dissolved the following subsidiaries during the current year:

Name

Pro-Talk Ltd
Taxbriefs Limited

Proportion of ordinary 
shares and voting 
rights held (%) 

100
100

Principal 
activities

Dormant
Dormant

Country of 
 incorporation

United Kingdom
United Kingdom

Date of closure

20 December 2022 
20 December 2022

At 31 December 2022, the Group has control over the following subsidiaries:

Name
Centaur Communications Limited1
Centaur Media USA Inc2
Chiron Communications Limited3
E-consultancy LLC2
E-consultancy.com Limited
Market Makers Incorporated Limited 
Taxbriefs Holdings Limited4
TheLawyer.com Limited
Xeim Limited
1  Directly owned by Centaur Media Plc.

Proportion of ordinary 
shares and voting 
rights held (%) 

Principal activities

Country of incorporation

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

Holding company and agency services
Digital information services
In liquidation
Holding company
Digital information services
In liquidation
Holding company
 Digital information services 
Digital information services

United Kingdom
United States
United Kingdom
United States
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United Kingdom

2  Registered address is 244 Fifth Avenue, Suite 1297, New York, NY 10001, USA. Functional currency is USD.

3  Chiron Communications Limited was liquidated on 11 January 2023.

4  The process to strike off Taxbriefs Holdings Limited commenced in January 2023.

The registered address of all subsidiary companies, except for those identified above, is 10 York Road, London, SE1 7ND, United Kingdom. 
The functional currency of all subsidiaries is GBP except for those identified above. The consolidated financial statements incorporate the 
financial statements of all entities controlled by the Company at 31 December 2022. 

13 Deferred tax
The movement on the deferred tax account for the Group is shown below:

Net asset / (liability) at 1 January 2021
Adjustments in respect of prior periods
Recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Recognised in the consolidated statement of changes in equity
Net asset at 31 December 2021
Adjustments in respect of prior periods
Recognised in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Recognised in the consolidated statement of changes in equity

Net asset at 31 December 2022

Accelerated
capital 
allowances
£’000

Other
temporary
differences
£’000

683
(42) 
69 
–
710 

13 
(443) 
–
280 

(14)
(55) 
110 
118
159 

23
268
233
683

Tax
losses
£’000

1,541
(46) 
(4) 
–
1,491 

(63)
(738)
–
690

Total
£’000

2,210
(143) 
175 
118
2,360 

(27)
(913)
233
1,653

108

www.centaurmedia.com 
13 Deferred tax continued
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are only offset where there is a legally enforceable right of offset and there is an intention to settle the 
balances net.

Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities

2022
£’000

1,673
(20)
1,653

2021
£’000

2,488
(128)
2,360

At the year end, the Group has unused tax losses of £2,935,000 (2021: £5,961,000) available for offset against future profits. A deferred 
tax asset of £690,000 (2021: £1,491,000) has been recognised in respect of £2,935,000 (2021: £5,961,000) of such tax losses.

Following the Group’s disposals in previous years, the transformed Group is now more focused and streamlined in order to deliver 
higher margins and profits and this is reflected in the current year results and continuation of this profitable position is reflected in the 
Group’s three-year plan forecast to 2025. The Group has concluded that the deferred tax asset will be recoverable using the estimated 
future taxable profit based on the three-year plan forecast to 2025. This forecast was used in the impairment assessments performed 
for goodwill and investments. Refer to notes 9 and 12 for further details. The Group generated taxable profits in 2022 and is expected 
to generate taxable profits from 2023 onwards. The losses can be carried forward indefinitely and have no expiry date as long as the 
companies that have the losses continue to trade.

The Company had deferred tax assets on share options under long-term incentive plans of £375,000 at 31 December 2022 (2021: £190,000).

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be materially utilised after 12 months.

14 Trade and other receivables

Amounts falling due within one year
Trade receivables
Less: expected credit loss
Trade receivables – net
Other receivables
Prepayments
Accrued income

Amounts falling due after one year
Other receivables
Receivable from Employee Benefit Trust

Note

25
25

2022
Group
£’000

4,348 
(537)
3,811 
430 
916 
200
5,357

2022
Group
£’000

27
–
27

2021
Group
£’000

5,475 
(564)
4,911 
92 
981 
75 
6,059 

2021
Group
£’000

319
–
319

2022
Company
£’000

2021
Company
£’000

–
–
–
34 
 102 
–
136

–
–
–
34 
 127 
–
161

2022
Company
£’000

2021
Company
£’000

27
1,198 
1,225

41
1,156 
1,197

The receivable from Employee Benefit Trust is unsecured, has no fixed due date and does not bear interest.

Other receivables falling due within one year include £278,000 (2021: £278,000 amount falling due after one year) in relation to a 
deposit on the London property lease which is fully refundable at the end of the lease term. The current London property lease ended 
on 31 December 2022. From 1 January, the Group will be fully refunded for this deposit. The Group has signed a new lease agreement 
commencing 1 January 2023, for which a deposit of £162,000 will be recognised in other receivables falling due after one year. The new 
lease deposit will be fully refundable at the end of the lease term. Refer to note 18 and 27 for further detail.

15 Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand

The Company had no cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 2022 (2021: £nil).

2022
Group
£’000

7,501

2021
Group
£’000

13,065

109

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
CONTINUED

16 Short-term deposits

Short-term deposits 

2022
Group
£’000

8,500

2021
Group
£’000

–

In October 2022, £3,500,000 was placed in a short-term deposit for a four-month fixed term, accruing interest at a fixed annual rate of 
2.50%. In December 2022 a further £5,000,000 was placed in a short-term deposit for a five-month fixed term, accruing interest at a fixed 
annual rate of 2.85%. Interest for both short-term deposits is to be paid on maturity (2021: £nil). These amounts remain in deposit at year 
end. Refer to note 6 for further detail.

17 Trade and other payables

Trade payables
Payables to subsidiaries
Accruals
Social security and other taxes
Other payables

2022
Group
£’000

727 
– 
7,590 
577 
758 
9,652 

2021
Group
£’000

1,070 
– 
8,112 
886 
1,340 
11,408 

2022
Company
£’000

– 
34,744 
1,002 
–
23
35,769

2021
Company
£’000

– 
29,397 
496 
–
3
29,896 

Payables to subsidiaries are unsecured, have no fixed date of repayment and bear interest at an annual rate of 5.68% (2021: 3.45%).

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of the trade payables approximates their fair value.

18 Lease liabilities
The lease liability reflected below relates to a property lease, for which a corresponding right-of-use (‘ROU’) asset is held on the 
consolidated statement of financial position within property, plant and equipment and detailed in note 11.

At 1 January
Remeasurement of lease liability
Interest expense
Cash outflow – lease payments
Cash outflow – termination fee

At 31 December

Current
Non-current

At 31 December

2022
Group
£’000

2,384
(271)
51
(1,921)
(243)
–

–
–
–

2021
Group
£’000

3,375
978
67
(2,036)
–
2,384

1,884
500
2,384

The Group had one lease agreement in place during the year. In June an option to extend the lease was exercised, resulting in an increase 
to the lease liability and a corresponding increase to the ROU asset. Subsequently, in October, an agreement to terminate the lease was 
signed, bringing the end date forward to 31 December 2022. This changed the lease term judgement previously made, and the lease liability 
was therefore remeasured. These two remeasurements resulted in the net decrease in lease liability of £271,000. The remeasurement 
upon agreement to terminate resulted in a proportionate adjustment to the ROU asset and lease liability based on the carrying values at the 
effective date, resulting in a gain on remeasurement of £151,000. In exiting the lease, the Group incurred a £243,000 termination fee. These 
are both recognised as adjusting items in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Refer to note 1(b) and 4 for further details.

A new lease agreement has been entered into with a commencement date of 1 January 2023, and therefore a lease liability and corresponding 
ROU asset will be recognised on 1 January 2023. This lease has a term of three years until 31 December 2025, with lease payments/cash 
outflows of £972,000 for the first year of the lease term, increasing by 3.5% annually thereafter. Refer to note 27 for further details.

During the prior year, the lease liability for the Group’s property in London was remeasured upon reassessment of the lease term, resulting 
in an increase of £978,000. The amount of the remeasurement of the lease liability was recognised as an adjustment to the ROU asset.

110

www.centaurmedia.com 
 
 
 
19 Deferred income

Deferred income

2022
Group
£’000

8,885

2021
Group
£’000

7,846

Deferred income arises on contracts with customers where revenue recognition criteria has not yet been met. See note 1(e) for further 
details. During the year ended 31 December 2022, £7,831,000 (2021: £7,023,000) of the deferred income balance of £7,846,000 at  
31 December 2021 (£7,048,000 at 31 December 2020) was recognised as revenue in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income.

20 Current tax assets

Corporation tax receivables

The Company had no corporation tax receivables or payables at 31 December 2022 (2021: £nil).

21 Equity

Ordinary shares of 10 pence each
Authorised share capital – Group and Company
At 1 January 2021, 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2022
Issued and fully paid share capital – Group and Company
At 1 January 2021, 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2022

2022
Group
£’000

165

2021
Group
£’000

195

Nominal value
£’000

Number 
of shares

20,000  200,000,000 

15,141

151,410,226

Deferred shares reserve
The deferred shares reserve represents 800,000 (2021: 800,000) deferred shares of 10 pence each, which carry restricted voting rights 
and have no right to receive a dividend payment in respect of any financial year. 

Reserve for shares to be issued
The reserve for shares to be issued is in respect of equity-settled share-based payment plans. The movements in the reserve for shares 
to be issued represent the total charges for the year relating to equity-settled share-based payment transactions with employees as 
accounted for under IFRS 2 less transfers from this reserve to retained earnings for shares exercised or lapsed during the year.

Own shares reserve
The own shares reserve represents the value of shares held as treasury shares and in the Employee Benefit Trust. At 31 December 2022, 
4,550,179 (2021: 4,550,179) 10 pence ordinary shares are held in treasury and 3,112,784 (2021: 2,064,185) 10 pence ordinary shares are held 
in the Employee Benefit Trust.

The Employee Benefit Trust issued 201,355 (2021: 981,783) shares to meet obligations arising from share-based rewards to employees 
that had vested and were exercised in the current year (2021: vested and exercised in 2021). The shares were issued at a historical 
weighted average cost of 105.3 pence (2021: 92.9 pence) per share. The total cost of £212,000 (2021: £912,000) has been recognised as 
a reduction in the own shares reserve in other reserves in equity.

During 2022, the Employee Benefit Trust purchased 1,249,954 (2021: 1,097,476) ordinary shares in order to meet future obligations arising 
from share-based rewards to employees. The shares were acquired at an average price of 48.3 pence per share, with prices ranging from 
47.7 pence to 49.4 pence. The total cost of £604,000 (2021: £481,000) has been recognised in the own shares reserve in equity.

111

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
CONTINUED

22 Share-based payments
The Group’s share-based payment expense for the year by plan:

Share-based payment expense 

2022
£’000

806

2021
£’000

495

The share-based payment expense is presented as an adjusting item in note 4 (see note 1(b) for further information) and is included in net 
operating expenses in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income. 

The Group’s share-based payment plans upon vesting are equity-settled.

The share-based payment expense includes social security contributions which are settled in cash upon exercise. £75,000 (2021: £132,000) 
was charged to the consolidated statement of comprehensive income in relation to employers NI on share-based payment plans and 
included in accruals on the consolidated statement of financial position.

Long-Term Incentive Plan
The Group operates a Long-Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’) for Executive Directors and selected senior management. This is an existing 
incentive policy and was approved by shareholders at the 2016 AGM. Full details on how the plan operates are included in the 
Remuneration Report.

During the year LTIP awards were granted to Executive Directors and selected senior management. Details of the performance conditions 
of these awards are disclosed in the Remuneration Report.

A reconciliation of the movements in LTIP awards is shown below.

2022

2021

Number of awards
At 1 January
Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Lapsed

At 31 December
Exercisable at 31 December
Weighted average share price at date of exercise (pence)

The awards granted during the year were priced using the following models and inputs:

Grant date
Share price at grant date (pence)
Fair value (pence)
Vesting date
Exercise price (pence)
Expected volatility (%)
Expected dividend yield (%)
Risk free interest rate (%)
Valuation model used

7,664,075
2,870,942
(201,355)
(166,057)
(2,832,868)
7,334,737
–
40.00

7,503,258
2,985,565
(981,776)
(596,093)
(1,246,879)
7,664,075
–
42.01

24.03.2022
48.00
29.44
24.03.2025
£nil
42.76
2.08
1.36
Stochastic

Options exercised during the year related to the proportion of the 2019 LTIP awards that vested during the year (2021: 2018 LTIP awards). 

Options forfeited during the year were due to the participants leaving before the vesting date of the options. Options that lapsed in the 
year did not meet the performance conditions and related to the 2019 LTIP awards (2021: 2018 LTIP awards). No options expired during 
the year (2021: nil).

The share awards outstanding at 31 December 2022 had a weighted average exercise price of £nil (2021: £nil) and a weighted remaining 
life of 1.4 years (2021: 1.3 years).

112

www.centaurmedia.com 
 
 
22 Share-based payments continued

Deferred Share Bonus Plan
The Deferred Share Bonus Plan (‘DSBP’) was approved by the Board in May 2022 and applies to Executive Directors. Under the plan, the 
portion of the annual bonus greater than 75% of basic salary is deferred in accordance with the Group’s remuneration policy into awards 
in Centaur Media Plc shares. Awards under the DSBP are not subject to further performance conditions and vest after three years, subject 
to continued employment. Dividend equivalents may be awarded in respect of the DSBP awards on vesting. Further details on how the 
plan operates is included in the Remuneration Report.

A reconciliation of the movements in DSBP awards is shown below.

Number of awards
At 1 January
Granted

At 31 December
Exercisable at 31 December
Weighted average share price at date of exercise (pence)

2022

–
60,593
60,593
–
–

In May 2022, 60,593 shares were awarded to Executive Directors under the DSBP, representing the portion of the 2021 bonus to 
Executive Directors greater than 75% of their basic salary. 

The awards granted during the year were priced using the following models and inputs:

Grant date
Share price at grant date and fair value (pence)
Vesting date
Exercise price (pence)

No options were exercised, forfeited or expired during the year.

12.05.2022
47.00
24.03.2025
£nil

The share awards outstanding at 31 December 2022 had a weighted average exercise price of £nil and a weighted remaining life of 2.2 years.

Senior Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan 
The Centaur Media Plc 2010 Senior Executive Long-Term Incentive Plan (the ‘SELTIP’) was introduced during 2011 and was approved by 
shareholders at the 2010 AGM. This is not an HMRC approved plan and vests over a three-year period with service and performance 
conditions. Awards were granted under this plan in 2011 for no consideration and no exercise price. This plan is closed to new awards.

Number of awards
At 1 January
Expired

At 31 December
Exercisable at 31 December
Weighted average share price at date of exercise (pence)

There were no grants, exercises or forfeitures during the current and prior year.

2022

2021

6,862
(6,862)
–
–
–

6,862
–
6,862
6,862
–

All options expired during the current year (2021: no options expired). The shares outstanding at 31 December 2021 had a weighted 
average exercise price of £nil and a weighted remaining life of 0.7 years.

Share Incentive Plan 
The Centaur Media Plc Share Incentive Plan (the ‘SIP’) is an HMRC approved Tax-Advantaged plan, which provides employees with the 
opportunity to purchase shares in the Company. This plan is open to all employees who have been employed by the Group for more than 
three months. Employees may invest up to £1,800 per annum (or 10% of their salary if less) in ordinary shares in the Company, which are 
held in trust. The shares are purchased in open market and are held in trust for each employee. The shares can be withdrawn with tax 
paid at any time, or tax-free after five years. The Group matches the contribution with a ratio of one share for every two purchased.   
Other than continuing employment, there are no other performance conditions attached to the plan. 

The Executive Directors are eligible to participate in the Share Incentive Plan, as are all employees of the Group. 

113

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
CONTINUED

22 Share-based payments continued

Number of matching shares
Outstanding at 1 January
Awarded
Transferred to participants
Forfeited

Outstanding at 31 December

23 Dividends

Equity dividends
Final dividend for 2020: 0.5 pence per 10 pence ordinary share
Interim dividend for 2021: 0.5 pence per 10 pence ordinary share
Final dividend for 2021: 0.5 pence per 10 pence ordinary share
Interim dividend for 2022: 0.5 pence per 10 pence ordinary share

2022

2021

57,495
18,413
–
–
75,908

2022
£’000

–
–
718
718
1,436

58,117
15,498
(8,144)
(7,976)
57,495

2021
£’000

726
724
–
–
1,450

A final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2022 of £862,000 (0.6 pence per share) is proposed by the Directors and, subject to 
shareholder approval at the Annual General Meeting, will be paid on 26 May 2023 to all ordinary shareholders on the register at the close 
of business on 12 May 2023. 

A special dividend of £4,312,000 (3.0 pence per share) was announced by the Directors and was paid on 10 February 2023 to all ordinary 
shareholders on the register at the close of business on 27 January 2023.

A further special dividend of £2,875,000 (2.0 pence per share) is announced by the Directors to be paid on 31 March 2023 to all ordinary 
shareholders on the register at the close of business on 17 March 2023.

The interim, special and final dividends together result in a total dividend pertaining to 2022 of £8,767,000. 

The final dividend for the year end 2021 of 0.5 pence per share was proposed by the Directors to all ordinary shareholders on the register 
at the close of business 13 May 2022. This was estimated to be £725,000 in the 2021 Annual Report. The actual dividend payment in 
respect of this in May 2022 was £718,000.

24 Notes to the cash flow statement
Reconciliation of profit / (loss) for the year to cash generated from operating activities:

Note

7
6
6
11
10
10
18
22

2022
Group
£’000

2,800

1,005
(85)
158
2,271 
1,657
– 
(151)
806
–
(145) 

1,002 
(1,955)
1,039
8,402 

2021
Group
£’000

1,417

(56)
(1)
261 
1,808 
2,426 
80 
–
495 
2
(65) 

(259) 
2,615
798
9,521 

2022
Company
£’000

(4,619)

2021
Company
£’000

(2,325)

(1,106)
–
2,001
–
–
–
–
424
–
–

(17)
4,824
–
1,507

(512)
–
1,182
–
–
–
–
325
2
–

34,359
(31,389)
–
1,642

Profit / (loss) for the year
Adjustments for:
Taxation charge / (credit)
Finance income
Finance costs
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of intangible assets
Impairment of intangible assets
Gain on remeasurement of lease 
Share-based payment expense 
Dividends waived
Unrealised foreign exchange differences
Changes in working capital: 

Decrease / (increase) in trade and other receivables
(Decrease) / increase in trade and other payables
Increase in deferred income

Cash generated from operating activities

114

www.centaurmedia.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24 Notes to the cash flow statement continued
Reconciliation of movements of liabilities and associated assets to cash flows arising from financing activities:

At 1 January 2021
Changes from financing cash flows:
Loan arrangement fee
Finance costs paid
Repayment of obligations under finance leases

Other changes:
Finance costs
Remeasurement of lease liability

Balance at 31 December 2021
Changes from financing cash flows:
Finance costs paid
Repayment of obligations under finance leases
Termination of lease

Other changes:
Finance costs
Remeasurement of lease liability
Extension fee on revolving credit facility

Balance at 31 December 2022

Group and 
Company
Net borrowings
 £’000

Note

6
18

6
18

6
18
18

6
18
25

72

107
87
–
194

(194)
–
(194)
72

71
–
–
71

(105)
–
20
(85)
58

Group
Lease 
liability
£’000

(3,375)

–
–
2,036
2,036

(67)
(978)
(1,045)
(2,384)

–
1,921
243
2,164

(51)
271
–
220
–

Net borrowings is comprised of a loan arrangement fee debtor of £61,000 (2021: £75,000) presented within other receivables and a 
commitment fee creditor of £3,000 presented within other payables (2021: £3,000). The movements of this asset and liability together 
give rise to cash flows from financing activities relating to the £10m revolving credit facility.

115

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements
CONTINUED

25 Financial instruments and financial risk management

Financial risk management
The Board has overall responsibility for the determination of the Group’s risk management policies. The Board receives monthly reports 
from the Chief Financial Officer through which it reviews the effectiveness of policies and processes put in place to manage risk. The 
Board sets policies that reduce risk as far as possible without unduly affecting the operating effectiveness of the Group.

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks, including interest rate risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, capital risk and currency 
risk. Of these, credit risk and liquidity risk are considered the most significant. This note presents information about the Group’s exposure 
to each of the above risks.

Categories of financial instruments
Details of the significant accounting policies and methods adopted, including the criteria for recognition, the basis of measurement and 
the basis on which income and expenses are recognised in respect of each class of financial asset, financial liability and equity instrument 
are disclosed in note 1(s). All financial assets and liabilities are measured at amortised cost.

Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term deposits
Trade receivables – net 
Other receivables

Financial liabilities
Lease liability
Trade payables
Accruals
Other payables

Note

15
16
14
14

18
17
17
17

2022
£’000

 7,501 
8,500
 3,811 
 457 
 20,269 

–
 727
 7,590 
 758 
 9,075

2021
£’000

 13,065 
–
 4,911 
 411 
 18,387 

 2,384 
 1,070 
 8,112 
 1,340 
 12,906

Credit risk
Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group. The 
carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the financial statements, which is net of impairment losses, represents the Group’s 
maximum exposure to credit risk in relation to financial assets. Credit risk is managed on a Group basis. The Group does not consider that 
it is subject to any significant concentrations of credit risk.

Trade receivables
Trade receivables consist of a large number of customers, of varying sizes and spread across diverse industries and geographies. The 
Group does not have significant exposure to credit risk in relation to any single counterparty or group of counterparties having similar 
characteristics. The Group’s exposure to credit risk is influenced predominantly by the circumstances of individual customers as opposed 
to industry or geographic trends. 

The business assesses the credit quality of customers based on their financial position, past experience and other qualitative and 
quantitative factors. The Group’s policy requires customers to pay in accordance with agreed payment terms, which are generally 30 days 
from the date of invoice. Under normal trading conditions, the Group is exposed to relatively low levels of risk and potential losses are 
mitigated as a result of a diversified customer base and the requirement for events and certain premium content subscription invoices to 
be paid in advance of service delivery.

The credit control function within the Group’s finance department monitors the outstanding debts of the Group and trade receivable 
balances are analysed by the age and value of outstanding balances. 

Any trade receivable balance which is objectively determined to be uncollectible is written off the ledger, with a charge taken through the 
consolidated statement of comprehensive income. The Group also records an allowance for the lifetime expected credit loss on its trade 
receivables balances under the simplified approach as mandated by IFRS 9. The impairment model for trade receivables, under IFSR 9, 
requires the recognition of impairment provisions based on expected lifetime credit losses rather than only incurred ones. All balances 
are reviewed with those greater than 90 days past due considered to carry a higher level of credit risk. Refer to note 1(s)(ii) for further 
details on the approach to allowance for expected credit losses on trade receivables.

The allowance for expected lifetime credit losses, and changes to it, are taken through administrative expenses in the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income.

116

www.centaurmedia.com 
 
 
 
 
25 Financial instruments and financial risk management continued
The ageing of trade receivables according to their original due date is detailed below:

Not due
0-30 days past due
31-60 days past due
61-90 days past due
Over 90 days past due

2022
Gross
£’000

2,971
488
141 
74 
674 
4,348 

2022
Provision
£’000

(45) 
(15)
(9)
(9) 
(459) 
(537) 

2021
Gross
£’000

3,488 
972 
161 
146 
708 
5,475 

2021
Provision
£’000

(43) 
(25)
(9)
(16) 
(471) 
(564) 

In making the assessment that unprovided trade receivables are not impaired, the Directors have considered the quantum of gross trade 
receivables which relate to amounts not yet included in income, including amounts in deferred income and amounts relating to VAT. The 
credit quality of trade receivables not impaired has been assessed as acceptable. 

The movement in the allowance for expected credit losses on trade receivables is detailed below:

Balance at 1 January
Utilised
Release
Exchange differences

Balance at 31 December

2022
Total
£’000

564
(18)
(31)
22
537

2021
Total
£’000

993
(390)
(39)
–
564

The Group's policy requires customers to pay in accordance with agreed payment terms which are generally 30 days from the date 
of invoice or in the case of live events related revenue no less than 30 days before the event. All credit and recovery risk associated 
with trade receivables has been provided for in the consolidated statement of financial position. The Group's policy for recognising an 
impairment loss is given in note 1(s)(ii). Impairment losses are taken through administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income. 

The Directors consider the carrying value of trade and other receivables approximates to their fair value. 

Cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits
Banks and financial institutions are independently rated by credit rating agencies. We choose only to deal with those with a minimum ‘A’ rating. 
We determine the credit quality for cash and cash equivalents and short-term deposits to be strong.

Other receivables
Other receivables are neither past due nor impaired. These are primarily made up of sundry receivables, including employee-related 
debtors and receivables in respect of distribution arrangements.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group manages liquidity risk by 
maintaining adequate reserves and working capital credit facilities, and by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows. Since 
March 2021, the Group has had its multi-currency revolving credit facility with NatWest. The facility consists of a committed £10m facility and 
an additional uncommitted £15m accordion option, both of which can be used to cover the Group’s working capital and general corporate 
needs. In December 2022, the Group took the option to extend the facility for one year and the facility now runs to March 2025, with the 
remaining option to extend for one further year. As at 31 December 2022, the Group had cash of £7,501,000 (2021: £13,065,000) and short-
term deposits of £8,500,000 (2021: £nil) with a full undrawn loan facility of £25,000,000 (2021: full undrawn loan facility of £25,000,000). 

117

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
CONTINUED

25 Financial instruments and financial risk management continued
The following tables detail the financial maturity for the Group’s financial liabilities: 

At 31 December 2022
Financial liabilities
Non-interest bearing

At 31 December 2021
Financial liabilities
Interest bearing
Non-interest bearing

Book value
£’000

Fair value
£’000

Less than
1 year
£’000

2–5 years
£’000

9,075 
9,075 

9,075
9,075

9,075
9,075

2,384 
10,522 
12,906

2,384 
10,522 
12,906 

1,884
10,522 
12,406 

– 
– 

500 
– 
500 

The Directors consider that book value is materially equal to fair value.

The book value of primary financial instruments approximates to fair value where the instrument is on a short maturity or where they bear 
interest at rates that approximate to the market.

The following table details the level of fair value hierarchy for the Group’s financial assets and liabilities:

Financial Assets

Level 1
Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term deposits 

Level 3
Trade receivables – net
Other receivables

Financial Liabilities

Level 3
Lease liabilities
Trade payables
Accruals
Provisions
Other payables
Borrowings*

*  Borrowings are purely in relation to the Group’s revolving credit facility which is discussed above. The amount drawn down from this facility at 31 December 

2022 was £nil (2021: £nil).

All trade and other payables are due for payment in one year or less, or on demand. 

Interest rate risk
The Group’s financial assets are not significant interest-bearing assets. The Group is exposed to interest rate risk when it borrows funds at 
floating interest rates through its revolving credit facility. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate 
risk.  The Group evaluates its risk appetite towards interest rate risks regularly to manage interest rate risk in relation to its revolving credit 
facility if deemed necessary. 

The Group did not enter any hedging transactions during the current or prior year and as at 31 December 2022 the only floating rate to 
which the Group was exposed was SONIA. The Group’s exposure to interest rates on financial assets and financial liabilities is detailed in 
the liquidity risk section of this note.

Interest rate sensitivity
The Group has not drawn down from its revolving credit facility in the current year or prior year therefore a sensitivity analysis has not 
been performed.

118

www.centaurmedia.com 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25 Financial instruments and financial risk management continued

Capital risk 
The Group manages its capital to ensure that all entities in the Group will be able to continue as a going concern while maximising return 
to shareholders, as well as sustaining the future development of the business.

The capital structure of the Group consists of net cash, which includes cash and cash equivalents (note 15), short-term deposits (note 
16) and equity attributable to the owners of the parent, comprising issued share capital (note 21), other reserves and retained earnings. 
The Board also considers the levels of own shares held for employee share plans and the ability to issue new shares for acquisitions, in 
managing capital risk in the business.

Since March 2021, the Group has benefited from its banking facility with NatWest, which featured a committed £10m facility and an 
additional uncommitted £15m accordion option, both of which can be used to cover the Group’s working capital and general corporate 
needs. In December 2022, the Group took the option to extend the facility for one year and the facility now runs to March 2025, with the 
remaining option to extend for one further year. Interest is calculated on SONIA plus a margin dependent on the Group’s net leverage 
position, which is re-measured quarterly in line with covenant testing. The Group’s borrowings are subject to financial covenants tested 
quarterly. The principal financial covenants under the facility are that the ratio of net debt to EBITDA shall not exceed 2.5:1 and the  
ratio of EBITDA to net finance charges shall not be less than 4:1. At no point during the current year or prior year did the Group breach  
its covenants.

Currency risk
Substantially all the Group’s net assets are in the United Kingdom. Most of the revenue and profits are generated in the United Kingdom 
and consequently foreign exchange risk is limited. The Group continues to monitor its exposure to currency risk, particularly as the 
business expands into overseas territories such as North America, however the results of the Group are not currently considered to be 
sensitive to movements in currency rates.

26 Pension schemes
The Group contributes to individual and collective money purchase pension schemes in respect of Directors and employees once they 
have completed the requisite period of service. The charge for the year in respect of these defined contribution schemes is shown in note 
5. Included within other payables is an amount of £92,000 (2021: £76,000) payable in respect of the money purchase pension schemes.

27 Capital commitments
At 31 December 2022, the Group had signed a lease agreement for a London property with a commencement date of 1 January 2023. 
This lease has a term of three years until 31 December 2025, with lease payments/cash outflows of £972,000 for the first year of the 
lease term, increasing by 3.5% annually thereafter. There is a deposit for the new London property lease which will be payable from the 
commencement date of 1 January 2023 of £162,000. This is fully refundable at the end of the lease term.

No additional capital commitments as at 31 December 2022 (2021: £nil).

119

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.comFINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the Financial Statements
CONTINUED

28 Related party transactions

Group
Key management compensation is disclosed in note 5. There were no other material related party transactions for the Group in the 
current or prior year.

Company
The Company had the following transactions with subsidiaries and related parties during the year.

i) Interest
During the year, interest was recharged from subsidiary companies as follows:

Net interest payable

There were no borrowings at the end of the year (2021: £nil).

The balances outstanding with subsidiary companies are disclosed in note 17.

2022
£’000

1,896

2021
£’000

988 

ii) Dividends
During both the current and prior year, the Company did not receive any dividends from its subsidiaries. 

iii) Employee Benefit Trust
The assets and liabilities of the Employee Benefit Trust are comprised in the consolidated statement of financial position. Transactions 
between the Employee Benefit Trust and the Parent are detailed in notes 21 and 22. Details of the Company’s receivable from the 
Employee Benefit Trust is in note 14.

There were no other material related party transactions for the Company in the current or prior year.

Audit exemption
For the year ended 31 December 2022, the Company has provided a guarantee pursuant to sections 479A-C of Companies Act 2006 
over the liabilities of the following subsidiaries and, as such, they are exempt from the requirements of the Act relating to the audit of 
individual financial statements, or preparation of individual financial statements, as appropriate, for this financial year.

Name 
Centaur Communications Limited
Chiron Communications Limited1
Econsultancy.com Limited
Market Makers Incorporated Limited
Taxbriefs Holdings Limited2
TheLawyer.com Limited
Xeim Limited
1  Chiron Communications Limited was liquidated on 11 January 2023.

2  The process to strike off Taxbriefs Holdings Limited commenced in January 2023.

See note 12 for changes to subsidiary holdings during the year.

Company 
number 

01595235
01081808
04047149
05063707
03572069
11491880
05243851

Outstanding 
liabilities
£’000 

16,013
–
2 
–
– 
2,581 
10,077

29 Events after the reporting date
No material events have occurred after the reporting date except the commencement of the new office lease from 1 January 2023 as 
disclosed in notes 18 and 27.

120

www.centaurmedia.com 
 
Five Year Record (Unaudited)

Revenue (£m)

Operating (loss) / profit (£m)

Adjusted operating (loss) / profit (£m)

Adjusted operating (loss) / profit margin

(Loss) / profit before tax (£m)

Adjusted (loss) / profit before tax (£m)

Adjusted diluted EPS (pence)

Ordinary dividend per share (pence)

Special dividend per share (pence)

Net operating cash flow (£m)

Average permanent headcount (FTE)

Revenue per head (£’000)

Revenue from continuing operations by type

Premium Content
Training and Advisory
Marketing Services
Events
Marketing Solutions
Recruitment Advertising
Telemarketing Services

Other

Goodwill and other intangible assets
Other assets and liabilities
Net assets before net cash
Net cash

I

N
O
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

R
E
H
T
O

2018*

50.3

(20.3)

(2.2)

(4%)

(20.5)

(2.4)

(1.4)

3.0

–

5.6

758

66

2018*
£m

14.4
8.0
4.5
6.5
 4.6 
 2.7 
9.6
50.3

2018*
£m

2019

39.6

(7.8)

(1.2)

(3%)

(8.1)

(1.5)

0.3

1.5

2.0

4.7

317

125

2019
£m

14.4
7.6
4.3
6.4
4.6
2.3
–
39.6

2019
£m

2020

 32.4 

 (2.3)

– 

–

 (2.6)

 (0.3)

 0.3 

 0.5 

–

 2.1 

 282 

 115 

2020
£m

13.2
8.5
2.9
2.5
4.2
1.1
–
32.4

2020
£m

2021

 39.1 

 1.6

 3.2 

8%

 1.4

 3.0

 1.9 

1.0

–

 9.5 

 264 

 148 

2021
£m

12.9
12.6
3.3
3.8
5.0
1.5
–
39.1

2021
£m

2022

41.6

 3.9

 5.3 

13%

3.8

5.2

 2.6

1.1

5.0

 8.4 

 269 

 155 

2022
£m

14.7
14.4
2.9
4.7
3.5
1.4
–
41.6

2022
£m

78.1
(11.5)
66.6
0.1
66.7

61.2
(9.4)
51.8
9.3
61.1

 46.1 
 (7.2)
 38.9 
 8.3 
47.2

 44.2 
 (10.2)
 34.0 
 13.1 
47.1

 43.8 
 (11.0)
 32.8 
 16.0 
48.8

Total equity
* 2018 has not been re-presented with regards to discontinued operations relating to the cessation of the MarketMakers telemarketing business in 2020. 

121

Annual Report and Financial Statements for the year ended 31 December 2022www.centaurmedia.com 
Directors, Advisers and 
other Corporate Information

Company registration number
04948078

Incorporated / domiciled in
England and Wales

Registered office
10 York Road 
London 
SE1 7ND 
United Kingdom

Directors 
Colin Jones (Chair) 
Swagatam Mukerji (Chief Executive Officer) 
Simon Longfield (Chief Financial Officer) 
William Eccleshare  
Carol Hosey  
Leslie-Ann Reed 
Richard Staveley

Company Secretary
Helen Silver

Independent Auditor
Crowe U.K. LLP
55 Ludgate Hill
London
EC4M 7JW

Registrars
Share Registrars Limited 
3 The Millennium Centre
Crosby Way
Farnham
Surrey
GU9 7XX

External Lawyers
Dechert LLP 
160 Queen Victoria Street 
London 
EC4V 4QQ

Brokers
Investec Bank plc
Singer Capital Markets

122

www.centaurmedia.comI

N
O
T
A
M
R
O
F
N

I

R
E
H
T
O

 
C

E

N

T

A

U

R

M

E

D

I

A

P

L

C

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

F

i

n

a

n

c

i

a

l

S

t

a

t

e

m

e

n

t

s

f

o

r

t

h

e

y

e

a

r

e

n

d

e

d

3

1

D

e

c

e

m

b

e

r

2

0

2

2

10 York Road
London
SE1 7ND